Download - Panda Handbook 07
Dear Customer,
Thank you for selecting Fiat and congratulations on your choice of a Fiat Panda.
We have written this handbook to help you get to know all your new Fiat Panda’s features and use it in the best possible way. You should read it right through before taking the road for the first time. You will find information, tips and important warnings re-garding the driving of your car to help you derive the maximum from your Fiat Panda’s technological features.
You are recommended to read carefully the warnings and indications, marked with the respective symbols, at the end of the page:
personal safety;
the car’s wellbeing;
environmental protection.
The enclosed Warranty Booklet lists the services that Fiat offers to its Customers:
❒ the Warranty Certificate with terms and conditions for maintaining its validity
❒ the range of additional services available to Fiat Customers.
Best regards and good motoring!
This Owner Handbook describes all Fiat Panda versions. As a consequence, you should consider only the information which is related to the engine and bodywork version of the car you purchased.
001-031 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:47 Pagina 1
MUST BE READ!
�
K
REFUELLING
Petrol engines: only refuel with unleaded petrol with octane rating (RON) not less than 95.
Diesel engines: only refuel with diesel fuel for motor vehicles (EN 590 Specification).
The use of other products or mixtures may irreparably damage the engine with invalidation of the warranty due tothe damage caused.
ENGINE STARTING
Petrol engines: make sure that the handbrake is engaged; set the gearshift lever to neutral; fully depress the clutchwithout pressing the accelerator, then turn the ignition key to AVV and release it as soon as the engine has started.
Diesel engines: make sure that the handbrake is engaged; set the gearshift lever to neutral; fully depress the clutchwithout pressing the accelerator, then turn the ignition key to MAR and wait for the warning lights Y and m togo off; turn the ignition key to AVV and release it as soon as the engine has started.
PARKING ON FLAMMABLE MATERIAL
While working, the catalyst develops a very high temperature. Do not park the car over grass, dry leaves, pine nee-dles or any other inflammable materials.
RESPECTING THE ENVIRONMENT
The car is fitted with a system that allows continuous diagnosis of the components correlated with emissions to en-sure better respect for the environment.
001-031 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:47 Pagina 2
ELECTRICAL ACCESSORIES
If, after buying the car, you decide to add electrical accessories (that will gradually drain the battery), visit a FiatDealership. They can calculate the overall electrical requirement and check that the car’s electric system can sup-port the required load.
CODE card
Keep the code card in a safe place, not in the car. You should always keep the electronic card code written on theCODE card with you in case you need to carry out an emergency start-up procedure.
SCHEDULED SERVICING
Correct maintenance of the car is essential for ensuring it stays in tip-top condition and safeguards its safety fea-tures, its environmental friendliness and low running costs for a long time to come.
THE OWNER HANDBOOK CONTAINS…
… information, tips and important warnings regarding the safe, correct driving of your car, and its maintenance. Payparticular attention to the symbols " (personal safety) # (environmental protection) ! (the car’s wellbeing).
�
001-031 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:47 Pagina 3
4
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND
CONT
ROLS
DASHBOARD ...................................................................... 5
SYMBOLS ............................................................................... 7
THE FIAT CODE SYSTEM ................................................. 7
THE KEYS .............................................................................. 8
INSTRUMENT PANEL ........................................................ 13
INSTRUMENTS ..................................................................... 16
DIGITAL DISPLAY ............................................................... 18
MULTIFUNCTION DISPLAY ............................................ 19
RECONFIGURABLE MULTIFUNCTION DISPLAY .... 21
TRIP COMPUTER ................................................................ 29
SEATS....................................................................................... 32
HEAD RESTRAINTS............................................................. 33
STEERING WHEEL............................................................... 35
REARVIEW MIRRORS ......................................................... 35
HEATING AND VENTILATION ...................................... 37
MANUAL CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM .................... 41
AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM ............. 44
EXTERNAL LIGHTS............................................................. 48
WINDOW WASHING ....................................................... 49
CEILING LAMP...................................................................... 50
CONTROLS .......................................................................... 52
INTERIOR FITTINGS .......................................................... 53
SUNROOF ............................................................................. 55
DOORS .................................................................................. 57
POWER WINDOWS/WINDOW WINDERS .............. 59
BOOT ...................................................................................... 62
BONNET................................................................................. 63
ROOF RACK/SKI RACK .................................................... 65
HEADLIGHTS ........................................................................ 65
ABS SYSTEM ......................................................................... 67
ESP SYSTEM ........................................................................... 69
EOBD SYSTEM ..................................................................... 72
“DUALDRIVE” ELECTRIC POWER STEERING SYSTEM 72
PARKING SENSORS ........................................................... 74
SOUND SYSTEM .................................................................. 76
AT THE FILLING STATION .............................................. 78
PROTECTING THE ENVIRONMENT............................. 79
DDDAASSHHBBOOAARRDD AANNDD CCOONNTTRROOLLSS
001-031 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:47 Pagina 4
DASHBOARD
The presence and the position of the instruments and warning lights may vary according to the versions.
Left-hand drive versions
1. Light and direction indicator stalk - 2. Steering wheel with air bag - 3. Instrument panel - 4. Windscreen/rear window wiper lever- 5. Central air vents - 6. Sound system compartment - 7. Various controls - 8. Passenger’s air bag - 9. Right-hand side air vent - 10. Glove compartment - 11. Air distribution controls - 12. Right power window control - 13. Left power window control - 14. Airconditioner controls - 15. Ignition switch - 16. Steering wheel adjusting lever - 17. Left-hand side air vent.
5
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND
CONT
ROLS
CHF
E
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 5 8 9
17 16 15 14 13 12 1011 F0G0677mfig. 1
001-031 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:47 Pagina 5
Right-hand drive versions
6
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND
CONT
ROLS
1. Passenger’s air bag - 2. Central air vents - 3. Various controls - 4. Sound system compartment - 5. Light and direction indicator stalk- 6. Instrument panel - 7. Steering wheel with air bag - 8. Windscreen/rear window wiper lever - 9. Right-hand side air vent - 10. Ig-nition switch - 11. Steering wheel adjusting lever - 12. Air distribution controls - 13. Right power window control - 14. Left powerwindow control - 15. Climate control system controls - 16. Glove compartment - 17. Left-hand side air vent.
CHF
E
F0G0678m
fig. 2
001-031 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:47 Pagina 6
THE FIAT CODE SYSTEM
To further protect your car from theft, ithas been fitted with an engine immobilisingsystem. This system is automatically acti-vated when the ignition key is removed.
An electronic device, in fact, is fitted in eachignition key grip. The device transmits a ra-dio-frequency signal when the engine isstarted through a special aerial built into theignition switch. The modulate signal, whichchanges each time the engine is started, isthe password by means of which the con-trol unit recognises the key and enables tostart the engine.
OPERATION
Each time the car is started turning the ig-nition key to MAR, the Fiat CODE systemcontrol unit sends a recognition code tothe engine control unit to deactivate the in-hibitor.
The code is sent only if the system con-trol unit has recognised the code trans-mitted from the key.
Each time the ignition key is turned to theSTOP position, the Fiat CODE systemdeactivates the functions of the engineelectronic control unit.
If the code has not been recognised cor-rectly, the instrument panel warning lightY turns on.
SYMBOLS
Special coloured labels have been attachednear or actually on some of the compo-nents of your Fiat Panda. These labels bearsymbols that remind you of the precau-tions to be taken as regards that particu-lar component.
fig. 3 F0G0003m
7
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND
CONT
ROLS
The plate summarising the symbols usedcan be found under the bonnet fig. 3.
001-031 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:47 Pagina 7
THE KEYS
CODE CARD fig. 4
The car is delivered with two copies of thekey, and the CODE card which bears thefollowing:
A the electronic code to be used foremergency starting (see “Emergencystarting” in section “Correct use of thecar”).
B the mechanical key code to be given tothe Fiat Dealership when ordering du-plicate keys.
Make sure you have the electronic codeA with you at all times in the event youhave to perform an emergency start-up.
IMPORTANT In order to ensure perfectefficiency of the electronic devices con-tained inside the keys, they should neverbe exposed to direct sunlight.
8
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND
CONT
ROLS In this case, the key should be moved to
the STOP position and then back toMAR; if the lock continues, possibly tryagain with the other key provided with thecar. If it is still not possible to start the car,follow the instructions given in the section“In an emergency” and then contact a Fi-at Dealership.
IMPORTANT Every key has its own code,which must be memorised by the systemcontrol unit. To memorise new keys, upto a maximum of eight, apply solely to Fi-at Dealership.
Warning light Y coming on whendriving
❒ If the warning light Y turns on, thismeans that the system is running a self-test (for example for a voltage drop).At the first stop, turn the ignition keyto STOP and then back to MAR: if nofailure is detected, warning light Ywill not come on.
❒ If the warning light Y stays on, repeatthe procedure described previouslyleaving the key at STOP for over 30seconds. Should the inconvenience per-sists, contact a Fiat Dealership.
❒ If the warning light Y stays on thismeans that the code has not beenrecognised. In this case the key shouldbe moved to the STOP position andthen back to MAR; if the lock contin-ues, possibly try again with the otherkeys provided with the car. If it is stillnot possible to start the car, follow theinstructions given in section “In anemergency” and then contact a FiatDealership.
The electronic componentsinside the key may be dam-aged if the key is submitted tosharp knocks.
001-031 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:47 Pagina 8
KEY WITH REMOTE CONTROL(where provided) fig. 6 - fig. 6a
The metal insert A operates:
❒ the ignition switch;
❒ the door and the tailgate locks;
❒ the switch to deactivate the passenger’sair bag (where provided).
Press button B to open/to close the met-al insert.
fig. 6 F0G0681m
9
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND
CONT
ROLS
KEY WITHOUT REMOTECONTROL fig. 5
The metal insert A operates:
❒ the ignition switch;
❒ the door and the tailgate locks;
❒ the switch to deactivate the passenger’sair bag (where provided).
fig. 4 F0G0679m fig. 5 F0G0680m
All the keys and the CODEcard must be handed over tothe new owner when sellingthe car.
Button B should only bepressed when the key is
away from the body, in particularfrom the eyes and from objects thatcan be spoilt (e.g. clothes). Make surethe key can never be touched by oth-ers, especially children, who may in-advertently press the button.
WARNING
001-031 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:47 Pagina 9
10
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND
CONT
ROLS
fig. 6/a F0G0682m
Opening the doors and the tailgate
Briefly press button Ë: for remote un-locking of doors and tailgate, timed switch-ing of ceiling lights and double flashing ofdirection indicators (for versions/marketswhere provided).
Doors will be unlocked automatically if thefuel inertial cut-off switch comes into op-eration.
Locking the doors and the tailgate
Briefly press button Á: for remote lockingof doors and tailgate, switching off of theinternal ceiling light and single flashing ofdirection indicators (where provided).
If one of the doors remains open, all doorswill be closed and immediately re-opened;in this case make sure all doors are lockedcorrectly and repeat the door lock pro-cedure.
If 20 km/h speed is exceeded, the doorswill be locked automatically provided thespecial function is set (only with recon-figurable multifunction display on versionswhere provided).
Opening the tailgate by the remote control
Press and keep button R pressed forover 1 second to open the tailgate by re-mote control.
Tailgate opening is accompanied by the di-rection indicators flashing twice.
IMPORTANT If the remote control doesnot work properly, it is still possible tocarry out the above mentioned operationsby using the metal insert of the key.
001-031 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:47 Pagina 10
IGNITION SWITCH fig. 9
The key can be turned to 3 different po-sitions:
❒ STOP: engine off, key can be removed,steering column locked. Certain elec-trical devices (e.g. sound system, cen-tral door locking, etc.) can work
❒ MAR: driving position. All electrical de-vices are powered
❒ AVV: engine starting.
The ignition switch is fitted with a safetymechanism that, in the event the engine isnot started, turns back the ignition key toSTOP before repeating the starting oper-ation.
REQUEST FOR ADDITIONALREMOTE CONTROLS
The system can recognise up to 8 keyswith incorporated remote control. Shoulda new key with remote control be nec-essary, contact directly a Fiat Dealership,taking with you the CODE card, a per-sonal identity document and the car’sownership documents.
REPLACING THE BATTERY OF THE KEY WITH REMOTECONTROL
Battery replacement:
❒ open the snap-fitted lid A-fig. 7 asshown by the arrow
❒ remove the exhaust battery and replaceit making sure that the bias is correct(positive pole + up)
fig. 7 F0G0683m fig. 8 F0G0684m fig. 9 F0G0026m
11
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND
CONT
ROLS
Used batteries are harmful tothe environment. They shouldbe disposed of as specified bylaw in the special containers
provided, or take them to a Fiat Deal-ership, which will deal with their dis-posal.
❒ new battery shall be fitted under catchC-fig. 8; then refit the lid and press itdown until hearing the locking click.
001-031 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:47 Pagina 11
STEERING COLUMN LOCK fig. 10
Engaging
When the key is at STOP remove the keyand turn the steering wheel until it locks.
Disengaging
Rock the steering wheel slightly as youturn the ignition key to MAR.
fig. 10 F0G0026m
12
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND
CONT
ROLS
If the ignition device is tam-pered with (e.g. attempted
theft), have it checked over by a FiatDealership.
WARNING
When getting out of the car,always remove the key to
prevent any occupants from acci-dentally activating the controls. Re-member to engage the handbrake. Ifthe car is parked on uphill slope, en-gage the first gear; if the car is fac-ing downhill, engage the reverse gear.Never leave unsupervised children inthe car.
WARNING
Never remove the ignitionkey while the car is moving.
The steering wheel would automati-cally lock as soon as you try to turnit. This also applies when the car isbeing towed.
WARNING
It is absolutely forbidden tocarry out whatever after-
market operation involving steeringsystem or steering column modifica-tions (e.g.: installation of anti-theftdevice) that could badly affect per-formance and safety, cause the lapseof warranty and also result in non-compliance of the car with homolo-gation requirements.
WARNING
001-031 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:47 Pagina 12
INSTRUMENT PANEL
13
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND
CONT
ROLS
F0G0250m
F0G0251m
Actual-Active VERSIONS
A Fuel level gauge with reserve warninglight
B Speedometer (speed indicator)
C Engine coolant temperature gauge andexcessive temperature warning light
D Digital display
Warning lights m and c are only pro-vided on Diesel versions.
fig. 11 - Left-hand drive versions
fig. 12 - Right-hand drive versions
001-031 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:47 Pagina 13
14
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND
CONT
ROLS
F0G0252m
F0G0253m
Dynamic VERSIONS
A Speedometer (speed indicator)
B Fuel level gauge with reserve warninglight
C Engine coolant temperature gauge andexcessive temperature warning light
D Rev counter
E Multifunction display
Warning lights m and c are only pro-vided on Diesel versions.
fig. 13 - Left-hand drive versions
fig. 14 - Right-hand drive versions
001-031 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:47 Pagina 14
15
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND
CONT
ROLSEmotion VERSIONS
A Speedometer (speed indicator)
B Fuel level gauge with reserve warninglight
C Engine coolant temperature gauge andexcessive temperature warning light
D Rev counter
E Reconfigurable multifunction display
Warning light m is only provided onDiesel versions.
Warning light t is only provided on ver-sions fitted with Dualogic gearbox (seeSupplement “Dualogic” attached to thisOwner Handbook).
fig. 15 - Left-hand drive versions
fig. 16 - Right-hand drive versions
F0G0635m
F0G0636m
001-031 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:47 Pagina 15
REV COUNTER fig. 18
The indicator B shows the engine revnumber.
IMPORTANT The electronic injectioncontrol system gradually shuts off the flowof fuel when the engine is “over-revving”resulting in a gradual loss of engine pow-er.
When the engine is idling, the rev countermay indicate a gradual or sudden higher-ing of the speed.
This is normal as it takes place during nor-mal operation, for example when activat-ing the climate control system or the fan.In particular a slow change in the speedpreserves the battery charge.
INSTRUMENTS
Instrument background color and typemay vary according to the version.
fig. 17 F0G0146m fig. 18 F0G0256m
16
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND
CONT
ROLS
SPEEDOMETER (SPEED INDICATOR) fig. 17
The indicator A shows the car speed(speedometer).
001-031 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:47 Pagina 16
ENGINE COOLANTTEMPERATURE GAUGE fig. 19
This shows the temperature of the enginecoolant fluid and begins working when thefluid temperature exceeds approx. 50°C.
Under normal conditions, the needleshould hover around the middle of thescale according to the working conditions.
C Low engine coolant temperature.
H High engine coolant temperature.
The turning on of the warning light B (oncertain versions with a message on the re-configurable multifunction display) indi-cates that the coolant fluid temperature istoo high; in this case, stop the engine andcontact a Fiat Dealership.
17
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND
CONT
ROLS
FUEL LEVEL GAUGE fig. 19
This shows the amount of fuel left in thefuel tank.
E tank empty.
F full tank (see the indications given inparagraph “At the filling station").
The reserve warning light A turns on toindicate that approximately 5 litres of fu-el are left in the tank.
Do not travel with the fuel tank almostempty: the gaps in fuel delivery could dam-age the catalyst.
IMPORTANT The needle sets to E withwarning light A flashing to indicate that thesystem is failing. In this event contact FiatDealership to have the system checked.
fig. 19 F0G0148m
If the needle reaches the redarea, stop the engine imme-diately and contact a FiatDealership.
001-031 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:47 Pagina 17
18
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND
CONT
ROLS
fig. 20 F0G0015m
DIGITAL DISPLAY
“STANDARD” SCREEN fig. 20
The standard screen shows the followingindications:
A Headlight aiming position (only withdipped beam headlights on).
B Clock (always displayed, even with ig-nition key removed and front doorsclosed).
C Odometer (covered km or miles).CONTROL BUTTONS fig. 21
A Press briefly for switching from totalto partial km/miles.Long press (over 2 seconds) to resetpartial km/miles.
B Set clock.
SETTING THE CLOCK fig. 21
To set the clock hour press button B.Every press on the button increases or de-creases by one unit. Keeping the corre-sponding button pressed obtains auto-matic fast increase or decrease. When youare near the required value, release thebutton and complete adjustment with sin-gle presses.
fig. 21 F0G027m
Note With key removed (when openingone of the front doors) the display willturn on and show for a few seconds thekm or mi covered.
001-031 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:47 Pagina 18
19
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND
CONT
ROLSMULTIFUNCTION
DISPLAY
STANDARD SCREEN fig. 23
The standard screen shows the followingindications:
A Headlight aiming position (only withdipped beam headlights on).
B Clock.
C Odometer (covered km or miles).WARNING LIGHT TEST fig. 22
The following warning lights are tested:
❒ handbrake on/low brake fluid level;
❒ ABS and EBD systems (where provid-ed);
❒ ESP system (where provided);
❒ “Dualdrive” electrical power steeringfailure (where provided).
The test is automatically run when the ig-nition key is turned to MAR and duringnormal operation when a fault is signalled.At the end of the initial warning light test,the message “LEd Error” will flash on thedisplay for 10 seconds if a faulty warninglight is found.
fig. 22 F0G0185m fig. 23 F0G0016m
Note With key removed (when openingone of the front doors) the display willturn on and show for a few seconds theclock and the km or mi covered.
001-031 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:47 Pagina 19
20
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND
CONT
ROLS
SETTING THE CLOCK fig. 25
To adjust the time, press button A to in-crease minutes, button B to decrease min-utes. Every press on the button increas-es or decreases by one unit. Keeping thecorresponding button pressed obtains au-tomatic fast increase or decrease. Whenyou are near the required value, releasethe button and complete adjustment withsingle presses.
fig. 25 F0I0142m
WARNING LIGHT TEST fig. 26
The following warning lights are tested:
❒ handbrake on/low brake fluid level;
❒ ABS and EBD systems (where provid-ed);
❒ ESP system (where provided);
❒ “Dualdrive” electrical power steeringfailure.
fig. 26 F0G0152m
The test is automatically run when the keyis turned to MAR and during normal op-eration when a fault is signalled. At the endof the initial warning light test, the mes-sage LEd Err will flash on the display for10 seconds if a faulty warning light is found.
001-031 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:47 Pagina 20
21
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND
CONT
ROLS
F0G0630mfig. 28fig. 27 F0G0017m
Note Buttons + and – activate differentfunctions according to the following situ-ations:
To adjust light inside the passenger compartment
– to adjust instrument panel, sound sys-tem and automatic climate control systemdisplay brightness when standard screenis active.
Setup menu
– to scroll the menu options upwards anddownwards;– to increase or decrease values during set-tings.
CONTROL BUTTONS fig. 28
+ To scroll the displayed menu and therelated options upwards or to increasethe value displayed .
MODE Press briefly to display themenu and/or to go to nextscreen or to confirm the re-quired menu option.
Long press to go back to thestandard screen.
– To scroll the displayed menu and therelated options downwards or to de-crease the value displayed.
RECONFIGURABLEMULTIFUNCTIONDISPLAY (where provided)
The car can be provided with the recon-figurable multifunction display that showsuseful information, according to the pre-vious settings made, necessary when dri-ving.
“STANDARD” SCREEN fig. 27The standard screen shows the followingindications:A DateB Odometer (covered km or miles)C ClockD External temperatureE Headlight aiming position (only with
dipped beam headlights on).Note When opening one of the frontdoors, the display will turn on and showfor a few seconds the clock and the km ormi covered.
001-031 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:47 Pagina 21
22
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND
CONT
ROLS Selecting “Date” and “Set Clock”:
– briefly press button MODE to selectthe first value to change (e.g. hours /min-utes or year / month / day);
– operate buttons + or – (by single press)to select the new setting;
– briefly press button MODE to store thenew setting and to go to the next setupmenu option, if this is the last one you willgo back to the previously selected option ofthe main menu.
Press button MODE for long:– to quit the set up menu if you are in themain menu;– to quit the main menu if you are at an-other point of the menu (e.g.: at submenuoption setting level, at submenu level orat main menu option setting level);– to save only the settings stored yet (andconfirmed by pressing button MODE).The setup menu displaying is timed; whenquitting the menu due to timing expiry,only settings stored yet by the user (andconfirmed by pressing briefly buttonMODE) will be saved.
Selecting an option of the main menu withsubmenu:– press briefly button MODE to displaythe first submenu option;– press buttons + or – (by single press-es) to scroll all the submenu options;– press briefly button MODE to selectthe displayed submenu option and to openthe relevant setup menu;– press buttons + or – (by single press-es) to select the new setting for this sub-menu option;– press briefly button MODE to store thenew setting and to go back to the previ-ously selected submenu option.
SETUP MENU fig. 29The menu comprises a series of functionsarranged in a “circular fashion” which canbe selected through buttons + and – toaccess the different select operations andsettings (setup) given in the following para-graphs.
For certain options (Hour and Unit) a sub-menu is provided.
The setup menu can be activated by press-ing briefly button MODE.
Single presses on buttons + or – will scrollthe setup menu options.
Handling modes differ with each other ac-cording to the characteristic of the optionselected.
Selecting an option of the main menu with-out submenu:– press briefly button MODE to selectthe main menu option to set;– press buttons + or – (by single press-es) to select the new setting;– press briefly button MODE to store thenew setting and to go back to the mainmenu option previously selected.
001-031 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:47 Pagina 22
23
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND
CONT
ROLS
Day
Year
MODEbrieflypress
button
Month
Deutsch
Português
English
Español
Français
Italiano
Nederland
Polski
Example:
SERVICE
EXIT MENU
TRIP B DATASET TIME
SET DATE
SEE RADIO
AUTOCLOSE
UNITS
LANGUAGEBUZZER VOLUME
BUTTON VOL.
SPEED LIM.
fig. 29
Example:
+
–
–+
+–
+
+
––
+ +
+–
–
–+
+–
–+
+
–MODEbrieflypress button
Briefly press button MODE to start surfing from thestandard screen. To surf the menu use buttons + or –.Note For safety reasons, when the car is running, it ispossible to access only the reduced menu (for settingthe “Beep limit”). When the car is stationary access tothe whole menu is enabled. On cars provided with theConnect Nav+ system, many functions are displayed onthe navigator display.
F0G1235g
–
–
001-031 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:47 Pagina 23
24
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND
CONT
ROLS – briefly press button MODE en or press
the button for long to go back to the stan-dard screen without storing settings.To cancel the setting, proceed as follows:
– briefly press button MODE: (On) willflash on the display;
– press button –: (Off) will flash on the dis-play;
– briefly press button MODE to go backto the menu screen or press the buttonfor long to go back to the standard screenwithout storing settings.
Trip B On/Off (tripB data)
Through this option it is possible to acti-vate (On) or deactivate (Off) the Trip B(partial trip).
For further information see “Trip com-puter”.
For activation / deactivation, proceed asfollows:
– briefly press button MODE: (On) or(Off) will flash on the display (according toprevious setting);
– press button + or – for setting;
– briefly press button MODE to go backto the menu screen or press the buttonfor long to go back to the standard screenwithout storing settings.
Speed limit (Speed Beep)
With this function it is possible to set thecar speed limit (km/h or mph); when thislimit is exceeded the driver is immediate-ly alerted (see section “Warning lights andmessages”).
To set the speed limit, proceed as follows:
– briefly press button MODE, the displaywill show the wording (Speed Beep);
– press button + or – to select speed lim-it activation (On) or deactivation (Off);
– if the function has been activated (On),press buttons + or – to select the re-quired speed limit and then press MODEto confirm.
Note The possible setting is between 30 and200 km/h, or between 20 and 125 mph de-pending on the unit set previously (see para-graph “Setting the distance unit (Units)”) de-scribed later. Every press on button + / – in-creases/decreases by 5 units. Keeping thebutton + / – pressed obtains the automaticfast increase or decrease. When you arenear the required setting complete adjust-ment by single presses.
Set clock (Set time)This function enables to set the clockthrough two sub-menus: “Time” and“Mode”.Proceed as follows:– briefly press button MODE, the displaywill show the two sub-menus “Time” and“Mode”;– press button + or – to surf the two sub-menus;– select the required option and thenpress button MODE briefly;– if selecting “Time”, briefly press buttonMODE, “hours” will flash on the display;– press button + or – for setting;– briefly press button MODE, “minutes”will flash on the display;– press button + or – for setting;
001-031 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:47 Pagina 24
25
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND
CONT
ROLSSet date (Set Date)
This function enables to update the date(day - month - year).To correct the date proceed as follows:– briefly press button MODE: “day” willflash on the display;– press button + or – for setting;– briefly press button MODE: “month”will flash on the display;– press button + or – for setting;– briefly press button MODE: “year” willflash on the display;
– press button + or – for setting.Note Every press on button + or – in-creases/decreases by 1 unit. Keeping thebutton pressed obtains automatic fast in-crease or decrease. When you are nearthe required setting complete adjustmentby single presses.– briefly press button MODE to go backto the menu screen or press the buttonfor long to go back to the standard screenwithout storing settings.
– if selecting “Mode”: briefly press buttonMODE , “24h” or “12h” mode will flashon the display;– press button + or – to select “24h” or“12h”. After setting, briefly press button MODEto go back to the submenu screen orpress the button for long to go back to themain menu screen without storing set-tings. – Press again button MODE for long togo back to the standard screen or to themain menu according to the current menulevel displayed.
Audio repetition (See radio)With this function the display repeats in-formation relevant to the sound system.– Radio: selected radio station frequencyor RDS message, automatic tuning acti-vation or AutoSTore;– audio CD, MP3 CD: track number;– CD Changer: CD number and tracknumber;– Tape: operating mode.To activate (On) or to deactivate (Off)sound system info displaying proceed asfollows:– briefly press button MODE: (On) or(Off) will flash on the display (according toprevious setting);
– press button + or – for setting;
– briefly press button MODE to go backto the menu screen or press the buttonfor long to go back to the standard screenwithout storing settings.
001-031 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:47 Pagina 25
26
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND
CONT
ROLS Set unit (Units)
With this function it is possible to set theunits through three sub-menus: “Distances”,“Consumption” and “Temperature”.
To set the required unit proceed as follows:
– briefly press button MODE to display thethree sub-menus;
– press button + or – to surf the three sub-menus;
– select the required sub-menu and thenpress briefly button MODE;
– if selecting “Distances”: briefly press buttonMODE, the display will show “km” or“mi” (according to previous setting);
– press button + or – for setting;
– if selecting “Consumption” (where provid-ed): briefly press button MODE, the dis-play will show “km/l”, “l/100km” or “mpg”(according to previous setting);
Automatic door locking with carrunning (Autoclose)
When activated (On), this function locksautomatically the doors when the carspeed exceeds 20 km/h.
To activate (On) or to deactivate (Off) thisfunction proceed as follows:
– briefly press button MODE to go backto the sub-menus;
– briefly press button MODE: (On) or(Off) will flash on the display (according toprevious setting);
– press button + or – for setting;
– briefly press button MODE to go backto the submenu screen or press the but-ton for long to go back to the main menuscreen without storing settings;
– press again button MODE for long togo back to the standard screen or to themain menu according to the current menulevel displayed.
If the distance unit set is “km” the fuel con-sumption unit will be displayed in km/l orl/100km.
If the distance unit set is “mi” the fuel con-sumption unit will be displayed in “mpg”.
– press button + or – for setting;
– if selecting “Temperature”: briefly press but-ton MODE, the display will show “°C” or“°F” (according to previous setting);
– press button + or – for setting;
After setting, briefly press button MODEto go back to the submenu screen orpress the button for long to go back to themain menu screen without storing set-tings.
– Press again button MODE for long togo back to the standard screen or to themain menu according to the current menulevel displayed.
001-031 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:47 Pagina 26
27
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND
CONT
ROLSAdjusting the failure/warning
buzzer volume (Buzzer Volume)
With this function the volume of thebuzzer accompanying any failure/warningindication can be adjusted according to 8levels.
To set the required the volume, proceedas follows:
– briefly press button MODE: the previ-ously set volume “level” will flash on thedisplay;
– press button + or – for setting;
– briefly press button MODE to go backto the menu screen or press the buttonfor long to go back to the standard screenwithout storing settings.
Adjusting the button volume (Vol. key)
With this function the volume of theroger-beep accompanying the activationof buttons MODE, + and – can be ad-justed according to 8 levels.
To set the required the volume, proceedas follows:
– briefly press button MODE: the previ-ously set volume “level” will flash on thedisplay;
– press button + or – for setting;
– briefly press button MODE to go backto the menu screen or press the buttonfor long to go back to the standard screenwithout storing settings.
Selecting the language (Set Language)
Display messages can be shown in differ-ent languages: Italian, German, English,Spanish, French, Portuguese, Polish andDutch.
To set the required language proceed asfollows:
– briefly press button MODE: the previ-ously set “language” will flash on the dis-play;
– press button + or – for setting;
– briefly press button MODE to go backto the menu screen or press the buttonfor long to go back to the standard screenwithout storing settings.
001-031 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:47 Pagina 27
28
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND
CONT
ROLS Note The “Service Schedule includes car
maintenance every 20,000 km (or 12,000mi); this is shown automatically, with theignition key at MAR, starting from 2,000km (or the equivalent value in miles) fromthis deadline and it is shown again every200 km (or the equivalent value in miles).Below 200 km servicing indications aredisplayed more frequently. Service indica-tions will be displayed km or mi accordingto previous unit setting. When a pro-grammed maintenance interval (coupon)is near to come, turning the ignition keyto MAR, the display will show the mes-sage “Service” followed by the number ofkm/mi to go before car servicing. Contacta Fiat Dealership to carry out any serviceoperation provided by the “Service sched-ule” and to reset the display.
Exit Menu
This is the last function that closes the cir-cular setting cycle listed in the initial menuscreen.
Briefly press button MODE to go back tothe standard screen without storing set-tings.
Press button – to return to the first menuoption (Speed Lim.).
Scheduled Servicing (Service)
Through this function it is possible to dis-play information connected to proper carservicing.
Proceed as follows:
– briefly press button MODE: service inkm or mi, according to previous setting,will be displayed (see paragraph “Units”);
– briefly press button MODE to go backto the menu screen or press the buttonfor long to go back to the standard screen.
001-031 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:47 Pagina 28
29
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND
CONT
ROLSTRIP COMPUTER
(where provided)
General features
The “Trip computer” is provided on carsfitted with multifunction display or re-configurable multifunction display. The“Trip computer” displays information(with ignition key at MAR) relating to theoperating status of the car. This functioncomprises the “General trip” concerningthe “complete mission” of the car (jour-ney) and “Trip B”, (only available on re-configurable multifunction display), con-cerning the partial mission of the car; thislatter function (as shown in fig. 31) is “con-tained” within the complete mission.
Both functions are resettable (reset - startof new mission).
“General Trip” displays the figures relat-ing to:
– Range to empty (where provided)
– Trip distance
– Average consumption (where provided)
– Instant consumption (where provided)
– Average speed
– Trip time (driving time).
“Trip B” (only available on reconfigurablemultifunction display), displays the figuresrelating to:
– Trip distance B
– Average consumption B (where provided)
– Average speed B
– Trip time B (driving time).
Note The “Trip B” function can be ex-cluded (see paragraph “Trip B On/Off”).“Range to empty” cannot be reset.
001-031 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:47 Pagina 29
30
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND
CONT
ROLS Average speed
This value shows the car average speed asa function of the overall time elapsed sincethe start of the new mission.
Trip time
This value shows the time elapsed sincethe start of the new mission.
IMPORTANT Lacking information, Tripcomputer values are displayed with “----”.When normal operating condition is re-set, calculation of different units willrestart regularly. Values displayed beforethe failure will not be reset.
TRIP button fig. 30Button TRIP, set on the top of the rightsteering column stalk, shall be used (withignition key at MAR) to display and to re-set the previously described values to starta new mission:– short push to display the different val-ues– long push to reset and then start a newmission.
New mission
New mission starts after:– “manual” resetting by the user, by press-ing the relevant button;– “automatic” resetting, when the “Trip dis-tance” reaches 3999.9 km or 9999.9 km(according to the type of display) or whenthe “Trip time” reaches 99.59 (99 hoursand 59 minutes);– after disconnecting/reconnecting thebattery.
Values displayed
Range to empty (where provided)
This value shows the distance in km (ormi) that the car can still cover before needing fuel, assuming that driving condi-tions are kept unvaried. The display willshow “----” in the following cases:
– value lower than 50 km (or 30 mi)
– car left parked with engine running forlong.
Trip distance
This value shows the distance coveredfrom the start of the new mission.
Average consumption (where provided)
This value shows the average consump-tion from the start of the new mission.
Instant consumption (where provided)
This value shows instant fuel consumption(this value is updated second by second).If parking the car with engine on, the display will show “----”.
001-031 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:47 Pagina 30
31
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND
CONT
ROLSStart of journey procedure
With ignition key at MAR, press and keepbutton TRIP pressed for over 2 secondsto reset.
Exit Trip
To quit the Trip function: keep buttonMODE pressed for over 2 seconds.
IMPORTANT The reset operation in thepresence of the screens concerning the“General Trip” makes it possible to resetalso the “Trip B”. The reset operation inthe presence of the screens concerningonly the “Trip B” makes it possible to re-set only the information associated withthis function.
TRIP
F0G0149mfig. 30
Reset TRIP BEnd of partial mission
Start of new partial missionEnd of partial mission
Start of new partial mission
Reset TRIP BEnd of partial mission
Start of new partial mission
Reset GENERAL TRIPEnd of complete mission
Start of new mission
Reset GENERAL TRIPEnd of complete mission
Start of new mission
End of partial mission Start of new
partial mission
Reset TRIP B
Reset TRIP B
TRIP B
TRIP B
TRIP B
GENERAL TRIP
˙
˙
˙
˙ ˙
˙
˙ ˙
fig. 31
001-031 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:47 Pagina 31
32
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND
CONT
ROLS
REAR SEATS
To tilt rear seats refer to paragraph “Ex-tending the boot” in this section.
SEATS
FRONT SEATS
fig. 32 F0G0029m
fig. 33 F0G0030m
fig. 34 F0G0031mMoving the seat backwards or forwards fig. 32
Lift the lever A and push the seat forwardsor backwards: in the driving position thearms should rest on the rim of the steer-ing wheel.
Back rest angle adjustment fig. 33
Turn the knob B.
Cushion adjustment (where provided) fig. 34
Use lever D to raise or lower the backof the cushion in order to obtain the re-quired comfortable driving position.
Only make adjustmentswhen the car is stationary.
WARNING
Once you have released thelever, check that the seat is
firmly locked in the runners by tryingto move it back and forth. Failure tolock the seat in place could result inthe seat moving suddenly and the dri-ver losing control of the car.
WARNING
Upholstery of your car hasbeen designed to withstandwear deriving from commonuse of the car. You are how-
ever recommended to avoid strongand/or continuous scratching withclothing accessories such as metallicbuckles, studs, Velcro fastenings andthe like, since these items cause cir-cumscribed stress of the cover fabricthat could lead to yarn breaking, anddamage the cover as a consequence.
032-059 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:48 Pagina 32
33
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IIN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND
CONT
ROLSHEAD RESTRAINTS
FRONT fig. 37
According to versions front head re-straints can be fixed or adjustable in height(where provided); to adjust head re-straints proceed as follows.
❒ To raise: raise the head restraint untilhearing the locking click.
❒ To lower: press button A and lowerthe head restraint.
fig. 37 F0G0033m
Remember that the head re-straints should be adjusted
to support the back of your head andnot your neck. Only in this positiondo they exert their protective action.
WARNING
To optimise head restraintprotective action, adjust the
seat back upright and keep your headas close as possible to the head re-straint.
WARNING
Any adjustment of the headrestraints must be carried
out only with the car stationary andthe engine turned off.
WARNING
032-059 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:48 Pagina 33
34
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND
CONT
ROLS REAR fig. 38
According to versions rear head restraintscan be fixed (for 5-seat versions) or ad-justable. To use adjustable head restraints,raise the head restraint from position 2“position of non use” to position 1 “com-pletely removed”.
To bring it back to the original position“position of non use”, press button B andpush the head restraint down.
To take them out, press both buttons Band C, raise them and then remove.
fig. 38 F0G0034m
The particular head restraint shape vol-untarily interferes with the passenger’sback leaning on the rear seat in order toforce him/her to lift the head restraint anduse it correctly.
IMPORTANT Rear seat passengers shallalways set the head restraints in the “com-pletely removed” position.
032-059 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:48 Pagina 34
35
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IIN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND
CONT
ROLSREARVIEW MIRRORS
DRIVING MIRROR fig. 40
The mirror is fitted with a safety devicethat causes it to be released in the eventof a violent crash.
It can be moved using the lever A to twodifferent positions: normal or antiglare.
STEERING WHEEL
The steering wheel can be adjusted inheight (where provided).
Release the lever A-fig. 39 pulling it to-wards the steering wheel, then adjust it inthe most suitable position and lock it push-ing the lever A fully forwards.
fig. 39 F0G0061m
Any adjustment must be car-ried out only with the car
stationary and the engine turned off.
WARNING
032-059 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:48 Pagina 35
36
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND
CONT
ROLS
Electrical adjustment fig. 43
Proceed as follows:
❒ use switch B to select the mirror re-quired;
❒ to adjust the mirror move the joystickA in the four directions.
fig. 43 F0G0039m
As door mirrors are curved,they may slightly alter the
perception of distance.
WARNING
On Actual versions, the door mirror shallbe adjusted from the outside; to adjust itdirectly press slightly the four corners ofthe mirror.
fig. 41 F0G0197m
fig. 42 F0G0040m
When driving the mirrorsshall always be in position 1.
WARNING
fig. 40 F0G0036m
DOOR MIRRORS
Manual adjustment fig. 41-42
Use lever A to adjust mirror B from thepassenger compartment.
When required (for example when themirror causes difficulty in narrow spaces)it is possible to fold the mirror moving itfrom position 1 (open) to position 2(closed).
032-059 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:48 Pagina 36
37
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IIN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND
CONT
ROLSHEATING
AND VENTILATION
1. Vent for defrosting or demisting wind-screen - 2. Centre adjustable and swivelvent - 3. Side adjustable and swivel vent - 4. Fixed side vent to convey air to sidewindows - 5. Side vents to convey air tofront seat passengers’ feet - 6. Side ventsto convey air to rear seat passengers’ feet.
SIDE AND CENTREADJUSTABLE VENTSfig. 44/a - 44/b
A Fixed vent for side windows.
B Side adjustable vents.
C Centre adjustable vents.
To use vents A and B press them asshown by the arrow and turn them as re-quired (they can be rotated to whateverdirection).
fig. 44 F0G0685m
fig. 44/a F0G0023m fig. 44/b
CITY
F0G0024m
032-059 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:48 Pagina 37
38
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND
CONT
ROLS not to use it for long periods, especially
if there several people in the car.
IMPORTANT The inside air recirculationsystem makes it possible to reach the re-quired “heating” or “cooling” conditionsfaster. Do not use the air recirculationfunction on rainy/cold days as it could con-siderably increase the possibility of thewindows misting inside.
Air distribution knob D
¥ to convey air to the centre and sidevents;
μ to warm the feet and convey coolerair to the dashboard vents;
w to heat with outside harsh tempera-ture: close central and side vents toconvey as much air as possible to thefeet;
≤ to warm the feet and at the same timedemist the windscreen;
- for quick windscreen demisting.
VENTILATION
To ventilate the passenger’s compartmentproperly proceed as follows:
❒ central and side vents: completely open;
❒ knob A turned to blue section;
❒ knob C turned to U;
❒ knob D turned to ¥;
❒ knob B turned to the required speed.
HEATING
Proceed as follows:
❒ knob A turned to red section;
❒ knob D turned to the required symbol;
❒ knob B turned to the required speed.
CONTROLS fig. 45
Air temperature knob A (mixinghot and cold air)
Red section = hot air
Blue section = cold air
Fan activation /speed adjustmentknob B
0 = fan off
1-2-3 = fan speed
- = fan top speed
Air recirculation on/off knob C
U = outside air intake
T = inside air recirculation
This function is particularly useful whenthe outside air is heavily polluted (in a traf-fic jam, tunnel etc.). However, it is better
fig. 45 F0G0022m
032-059 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:48 Pagina 38
39
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IIN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND
CONT
ROLSFAST HEATING
For fast heating of the passenger com-partment, proceed as follows:
❒ knob A turned to red section;
❒ knob C turned to T;
❒ knob D turned to -;
❒ knob B turned to - (top fan speed).
Then use the controls to keep the re-quired comfort conditions and turn knobC to U.
IMPORTANT With cold engine, you haveto wait for a few minutes to let the sys-tem fluid reach the operating temperature.
FRONT WINDOW FASTDEMISTING AND/ORDEFROSTING
Proceed as follows:
❒ knob A turned to red section;
❒ knob C turned to U;
❒ knob D turned to -;
❒ knob B turned to - (top fan speed).
After demisting/defrosting, operate thecontrols to keep the required comfort.
032-059 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:48 Pagina 39
40
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND
CONT
ROLS Preventive demisting procedure
In the event of considerable outside mois-ture and/or rain and/or considerable dif-ferences in temperature outside and in-side the passenger compartment, performthe following preventive demisting proce-dure:
❒ knob A turned to red section;
❒ knob C turned to U;
❒ knob D turned to - with the possi-bility of passing to position ≤ if the win-dows do not mist up;
❒ knob B turned to 2nd speed.
REAR WINDOWDEMISTING/DEFROSTING fig. 46
Press button A to turn this function on;when this function is on the instrumentpanel warning light ( will turn on.
This function is timed and switches off au-tomatically after about 20 minutes. To cutout this function press again button (.
IMPORTANT Do not apply stickers onthe inside of the rear window over theheating filaments to avoid damage thatmight cause it to stop working properly.
fig. 46 F0G0143m
032-059 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:48 Pagina 40
41
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IIN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND
CONT
ROLS
Air recirculation on/off knob C
U = outside air intake
T = inside air recirculation
This function is particularly useful whenthe outside air is heavily polluted (in a traf-fic jam, tunnel etc.). However, it is betternot to use it for long periods, especiallyif there several people in the car.
IMPORTANT The inside air recirculationsystem makes it possible to reach the re-quired “heating” or “cooling” conditionsfaster. Do not use the air recirculationfunction on rainy/cold days as it could con-siderably increase the possibility of thewindows misting inside.
Air distribution knob D
¥ air flow from central vents and sideoutlets;
μ to warm the feet and keep the facecool (“bilevel” function);
w to speed up passenger compartmentwarming;
≤ to warm the passenger compartmentand at the same time demist the wind-screen;
- to demist and defrost the windscreenand front side windows.
VENTILATON
To ventilate the passenger’s compartmentproperly proceed as follows:
❒ central and side vents completely open;
❒ turn knob A to the blue section;
❒ turn knob C to U;
❒ turn knob D to ¥;
❒ turn knob B to the required speed.
MANUAL CLIMATECONTROL SYSTEM(where provided)
CONTROLS fig. 47
Air temperature knob A(mixing hot and cold air)
Red section = hot air
Blue section = cold air
Fan activation and climate controlsystem on/off knob B
0 = fan off
1-2-3 = fan speed
- = top fan speed
Press the knob to turn the climate controlsystem on, the knob led will turn on. Pressit again to turn it off, the knob led will turnoff.
fig. 47 F0G0600m
032-059 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:48 Pagina 41
42
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND
CONT
ROLS WINDSCREEN
AND FRONT SIDE WINDOWFAST DEMISTING/DEFROSTING (MAX-DEF function)
Proceed as follows:
❒ turn knob A to the red section;
❒ turn knob C to U;
❒ turn knob D to -;
❒ turn knob B to - (top fan speed).
After demisting/defrosting, operate thecontrols to keep the required comfort.
IMPORTANT The climate control systemis very useful to speed up demisting sinceit dehumidifies the air. Set controls todemisting function and switch on the cli-mate control system by pressing buttonB; the knob led will turn on.
Preventive demisting procedure
In the event of considerable outside mois-ture and/or rain and/or considerable dif-ferences in temperature outside and in-side the passenger compartment, performthe following preventive demisting proce-dure:
❒ turn knob A to the red section;
❒ turn knob C to U;
❒ turn knob D to - with the possibilityof passing to position ≤ if the windowsdo not mist up;
❒ turn knob B to 2nd speed.
HEATING
Proceed as follows:
❒ turn knob A to the red section;
❒ turn knob D to the required symbol;
❒ turn knob B to the required speed.
FAST HEATING
For fast heating of the passenger com-partment, proceed as follows:
❒ turn knob A to the red section;
❒ turn knob C to T;
❒ turn knob D to -;
❒ turn knob B to - (top fan speed).
Then use the controls to keep the re-quired comfort conditions and turn knobC to U.
IMPORTANT With cold engine, you haveto wait for a few minutes to let the sys-tem fluid reach the operating temperature.
032-059 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:48 Pagina 42
43
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IIN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND
CONT
ROLSCLIMATE CONTROL (cooling)
For fast cooling of the passenger com-partment, proceed as follows:
❒ turn knob A to the blue section;
❒ turn knob C to T;
❒ turn knob D to ¥;
❒ press knob B to turn the climate con-trol system on; the knob led will turnon;
❒ turn knob B to - (top fan speed).
Cooling adjustment
❒ turn knob A to the right to raise tem-perature;
❒ turn knob C to U;
❒ turn knob B to reduce the fan speed.
LOOKING AFTER THE SYSTEM
During winter, the climate control systemmust be turned on at least once a monthfor about 10 minutes. Before summer,have the system checked at a Fiat Deal-ership.
The system is filled withR134a refrigerant which willnot pollute the environmentin the event of leakage. Un-
der no circumstances should R12 fluidbe used as it is incompatible with thesystem components.
032-059 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:48 Pagina 43
44
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND
CONT
ROLS
CONTROLS fig 49
Button AUTO - AAutomatic climate control systemfunction on/off
Pressing the AUTO button and settingthe required temperature, the system au-tomatically adjusts the temperature, theamount and distribution of the air admit-ted to the passenger compartment andcontrols compressor operation.
Button √ - BCompressor on/off
Pressing the button when the button ledis on, will deactivate compressor and turnthe button led off.
Pressing the button when the led is off willactivate compressor and turn the buttonled on.
When turning the compressor off:
❒ the system will deactivate air recircula-tion to prevent window misting up;
❒ it is not possible to admit air to the pas-senger compartment with a tempera-ture below the outside temperature(the displayed temperature value willflash when the system cannot guaran-tee the required comfort conditions);
❒ the fan speed can be set to zero man-ually (with compressor on, the fanspeed cannot be lower that one bar onthe display).
AUTOMATIC CLIMATECONTROL SYSTEM(where provided)According to the temperature set by theuser, the climate control system auto-matically adjusts:❒ temperature of the air sent to the pas-
senger’s compartment;❒ fan speed (continuous air flow varia-
tion);❒ air distribution in the passenger’s com-
partment;❒ compressor activation / deactivation (to
cool / dehumidify air);❒ air recirculation on / off.The system continuously works to keep con-stant the comfort inside the passenger com-partment and to compensate any variationof the outside climate conditions.All the above functions can be changedmanually by selecting the required func-tion/s and by changing the set parameters.Manual setting does not impair automat-ic control of the other functions althoughthe AUTO button led is off.Manual selections prevail over automaticones and remain in storage until the userdecides to resume automatic control bypressing button AUTO (except when thesystem cuts in for particular safety condi-tions).
fig. 49 F0G0601m
032-059 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:48 Pagina 44
45
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IIN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND
CONT
ROLSButton T - D
Air recirculation on/off
This function is particularly useful whenthe outside air is heavily polluted (in a traf-fic jam, tunnel, etc.).
Button led on = recirculation on.
Button led off = recirculation off.
With low temperatures or compressoroff, air recirculation is deactivated to pre-vent window misting up.
IMPORTANT It is inadvisable to use airrecirculation on cold days as it would con-siderably increase the possibility of win-dows misting up inside.
During AUTO operation, due to safety rea-sons, after long recirculation activation (over25 minutes) the system will deactivate au-tomatically air recirculation for 1 minute toenable outside air inlet.
Buttons Õ Ô - ETemperature setting
Pressing button Õ will raise the passen-ger’s compartment temperature up to HIvalue (maximum heating power).
Pressing button Ô will lower the passen-ger’s compartment temperature down toLO value (maximum cooling power).
HI function
This functions can be switched on whenyou wish to heat the passenger compart-ment as quickly as possible; air distribu-tion and fan speed are controlled by thesystem.
To turn this function off, set the requiredtemperature.
IMPORTANT If the system fluid is notwarm enough, top fan speed will not beactivated immediately to prevent air notwarm enough from entering the passen-ger compartment.
LO function
This function can be switched on whenyou wish to cool the passenger compart-ment as quickly as possible; with this func-tion switched on the compressor will beturned on (if off) whereas air distributionand fan speed are controlled by the sys-tem.
To turn this function off, set the requiredtemperature.
IMPORTANT With the function switchedon, however, all the manual settings canbe made.
Button OFF - CSwitching the climate controlsystem off
Press button OFF to turn the system off.
When turned off the system conditions arethe following:
❒ all leds off;
❒ temperature display off;
❒ air recirculation off;
❒ compressor off;
❒ fan off.
Under this condition, air recirculation canbe turned on or off without activating thesystem.
IMPORTANT The system will store thesettings (except recirculation) performedbefore turning off and will resume themwhen pressing any button (if the functioncorresponding to the button pressed is offit will be turned on; if on it will be kept ac-tive). Press AUTO to turn the system inautomatic mode.
032-059 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:48 Pagina 45
46
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND
CONT
ROLS lows heating of the passenger
compartment in the shortesttime, also giving a prompt feelingof warmth.
w+μ Splitting of the air flow betweenthe vents to the lower part of thepassenger compartment(warmest air) and the dashboardcentre and side outlets (coolestair).
¥+μ Splitting of the air flow betweenthe windscreen and side windowdemisting/defrosting vents andthe lower part of the passengercompartment. This type of air dis-tribution allows satisfactory heat-ing of the passenger compart-ment while preventing possiblemisting of the windows.
The type of air distribution selected isshown by lighting up of the relevant led onthe selected button.
To restore automatic air distribution con-trol after a manual selection, press buttonAUTO.
During automatic operation, under par-ticular climate conditions, the system cansend air to the windscreen although therelevant led does not turn on.
Button - - LFast front windowsdemisting/defrosting
Press button - the climate control systemwill automatically switch on all the func-tions required for fast windscreen andfront side window demisting/defrosting,that is:
❒ switches on climate control compres-sor when climatic conditions are suit-able;
❒ air recirculation off;
❒ maximum air temperature (HI);
❒ activates proper fan speed according toengine coolant temperature;
❒ directs air flow to windscreen and frontside windows vents;
❒ turns heated rear window on.
IMPORTANT Fast demisting/defrostingfunction stays on for about 3 minutes,since engine coolant temperature exceeds50 °C (petrol versions) or 35 °C (Dieselversions).
When the demisting/defrosting function ison, the button led - and the heated rearwindow button led ( are on, whereasthe AUTO button led will turn off; whenthis function is on, the only operationspossible are fan speed adjustment andheated rear window switching off.
To turn the function off, press again but-ton - or press button AUTO.
Buttons Õ Ô - FFan speed adjustment
Press buttons Õ or Ô to increase or todecrease the fan speed; the fan speed isshown by the lit bars on the display.
The fan can be cut off only if the climatecontrol compressor has been switched off(button B).
To restore automatic fan speed control,press button AUTO.
Buttons ¥ w μ - G H IAir distribution manual selection
Pressing these buttons it is possible tochoose manually one of the five possible airdistributions:
¥ Air flow to the windscreen andfront side window vents todemist or defrost them.
w Air flow to central and side dash-board vents to ventilate the chestand the face during the hot sea-son.
μ Air flow towards the front andrear lower parts of the passengercompartment. Due to the natur-al tendency of heat to spread up-wards, this type of distribution al-
032-059 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:48 Pagina 46
47
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IIN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND
CONT
ROLSLOOKING AFTER THE SYSTEM
During the winter, the climate control sys-tem must be turned on at least once amonth for about ten minutes.
Before summer, have the system checkedat a Fiat Dealership.
SWITCHING THE CLIMATECONTROL SYSTEM ON
The system can be turned on in differentways, it is however advisable to set the re-quired temperature and then to press theAUTO button. In this way the systemstarts to work fully automatically to reachthe required comfort conditions as soonas possible.
During automatic operation it is possible:
❒ to select the required temperature(buttons Ô Õ - E);
❒ to activate or to deactivate air recirculation(button T - D);
❒ to activate fast window demisting/de-frosting (button - - L);
❒ to select air distribution (buttons ¥wμ - G H I);
❒ to select fan speed (buttons ÕÔ - F).
The system will automatically modify itssettings according to set changes and thebutton led will turn off. To restore auto-matic operation press again button AU-TO.
The system is filled withR134a refrigerant which willnot pollute the environmentin the event of leakage.
Under no circumstances should R12fluid be used as it is incompatible withthe system components.
032-059 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:48 Pagina 47
48
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND
CONT
ROLS
Pulling the lever towards the steeringwheel again, the main beams are turnedoff and the dipped beams on.
FLASHING THE HEADLIGHTSfig. 51
Pull the lever towards the steering wheel(unstable position).
The warning light 1 on the instrumentcluster will come on.
PARKING LIGHTS fig. 51/a
With the ignition key at STOP or re-moved, turn lever to position 6. The in-strument panel warning light 3 willcome on together with side/taillights andnumber plate light.
Move the lever upwards a to turn theright-hand sidelights on only; move itdownwards b to turn the left-hand oneson. In both cases, warning light 3 willnot turn on.
DIRECTION INDICATORS fig. 51/a
Up (position a) = right-hand direction in-dicator.
Down (position b) = left-hand directionindicator.
Warning light ¥ or Î will come on flash-ing on the instrument cluster.
Indicators are switched off automaticallywhen the steering wheel is straightened.
If you want the indicator to flash briefly toshow that you are about to change lane,move the stalk up or down without click-ing into position (unstable position). Whenreleased, the stalk will return to its homeposition.
EXTERNAL LIGHTS
The left-hand stalk operates most of theexternal lights.
The external lights can only be switchedon when the ignition key is at MAR.
The instrument panel and the differentdashboard controls will come on with theexternal lights.
LIGHTS SWITCHED OFF fig. 51
Knurled ring turned to symbol O.
SIDELIGHTS fig. 51
Turn the knurled ring to 6.
The warning light 3 on the instrumentcluster will come on at the same time.
DIPPED BEAM HEADLIGHTSfig. 51
Turn the knurled ring to 2.
The warning light 3 on the instrumentcluster will come on at the same time.
MAIN BEAM HEADLIGHTS fig. 51
When the knurled ring is at 2, push thelever towards the dashboard (stable posi-tion).
The warning light 1 on the instrumentcluster will come on at the same time.
F0G0126mfig. 51/aF0G0122mfig. 51
032-059 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:48 Pagina 48
49
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IIN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND
CONT
ROLSWINDOW WASHING
The right stalk fig. 52 controls windscreenwiper/washer and heated rear windowwiper/washer operation.
WINDSCREEN WASHER/WIPER
The device can only work when the igni-tion key is at MAR.
The stalk can be moved to five differentpositions (4 speed levels):A windscreen wiper off.B intermittent.C continuous slow.D continous fast.E fast temporary (unstable position).Fast temporary operation is limited to thetime the lever is held in this position.When the lever is released it returns toposition A automatically stopping thewiper.
Windscreen wiper slowing downaccording to car speed (where provided)On certain versions, when deceleratinguntil stopping the car will make the wind-screen wiper to slow down automatical-ly. Speed will be resumed automaticallywhen the car speed exceeds 10 km/h. Thewindscreen speed can be changed manu-ally at any moment.
“Smart washing” functionPulling the stalk towards the steeringwheel (unstable position) operates thewindscreen washer.Keeping the stalk pulled, with just onemovement, it is possible to operate thewasher jet and the wiper at the same time;indeed, the latter comes into action au-tomatically if the stalk is pulled for morethan half a second. The wiper stops work-ing a few strokes after releasing the stalk;a further “cleaning stroke”, after a few sec-onds, completes the wiping operation.
“FOLLOW ME HOME” DEVICE
This function allows the illumination of thespace in front of the car.
Activation
With the ignition key at STOP or re-moved, pull the left-hand stalk towards thesteering wheel and operate it within 2minutes from when the engine is turnedoff.
At each single movement of the stalk, thestaying on of the lights is extended by 30seconds up to a maximum of 210 seconds,then the lights are switched off automati-cally.
Each time the lever is operated, the warn-ing light 3 on the instrument cluster willcome on and the display will show thetime of activation.
The warning light comes on the first timethe lever is operated and will stay on upto automatic function deactivation. Eachoperation of the lever will extend lightsswitching on time.
Deactivation
Keep the stalk pulled towards the steer-ing wheel for more than 2 seconds.
,
F0G0127mfig. 52
Never use the window wiperto remove ice or snow fromthe windscreen. In these con-ditions, the wiper is submitted
to excessive effort that results in mo-tor protection cutting in and wiper op-eration inhibition for few seconds as aconsequence. If operation is not re-stored contact Fiat Dealership.
032-059 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:48 Pagina 49
50
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND
CONT
ROLS CEILING LIGHT
FRONT CEILING LIGHT fig. 53
The transparent A can have three posi-tions:
❒ side a pressed: light always on
❒ side b pressed: light always off
❒ central position (neutral): the light turnson and off automatically when the dooris opened or closed.
IMPORTANT Before getting out of thecar, make sure the switch is at central po-sition: lights off with doors closed in or-der to avoid draining the battery.
For “Active” versions, automatic switchingon/off takes place only after opening orclosing the driver’s door.
“Smart washing” function
Pushing the stalk towards the dashboard(unstable position) operates the rear win-dow wiper.
Keeping the stalk pushed, with just onemovement it is possible to operate thewasher jet and the wiper at the same time;indeed, the latter comes into action au-tomatically if the stalk is pulled for morethan half a second.
The rear window wiper stops working afew strokes after releasing the stalk; a fur-ther “cleaning stroke”, after a few sec-onds, completes the wiping operation.
REAR WINDOW WASHER/WIPER
The device can only work when the igni-tion key is at MAR.
Turn the knurled ring to ' to operate therear window wiper.
With windscreen wiper on, turning theknurled ring to ‘ will turn on the rear win-dow wiper, that in this case will work (inthe different positions) with timing withthe windscreen wiper, but at half speed.
With windscreen wiper on, engaging re-verse gear will automatically turn the rearwindow wiper on, in continuous slow wip-ing mode.
The rear window wiper will stop whendisengaging reverse. Never use the rear window
wiper to remove ice or snowfrom the rear window. Inthese conditions, the wiper is
submitted to excessive effort that re-sults in motor protection cutting in andwiper operation inhibition for few sec-onds as a consequence. If operation isnot restored contact Fiat Dealership.
032-059 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:48 Pagina 50
51
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IIN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND
CONT
ROLSTwo switching off modes are provided:
❒ when closing all doors, the 3-minutetiming will go off and a 10-second onewill start. This timing will go off whenturning the key to MAR;
❒ when locking the doors (by both re-mote control or key into driver’s doorlock), the ceiling light goes off.
On Emotion and Dynamic versions, ceil-ing light will switch on and off gradually;the ceiling light will switch off automati-cally 15 minutes after turning the engineoff.
BOOT LIGHT fig. 54
For versions fitted with boot light, the bulbcomes on automatically when opening thetailgate and it will go off at closing.
Ceiling light timing (transparent central position)
Three different switching on modes areprovided:
❒ when opening a door three-minute tim-ing will start and it will be repeated eachtime a door is opened;
❒ approx. 10-second timing will startwhen removing the ignition key withintwo minutes from turning the engineoff;
❒ approx. 10-second timing will startwhen opening the doors (by both re-mote control or key into driver’s doorlock).
fig. 54 F0G0230mfig. 53 F0G0032m
032-059 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:48 Pagina 51
52
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND
CONT
ROLS
REAR FOGLIGHTS fig. 55
Press button D, to activate these lights itis necessary to have the dipped beamheadlights or the front fog lights switchedon.
With the lights on, warning light 4 on theinstrument panel comes on. Press the but-ton again to turn the lights off.
HEATED REAR WINDOW fig. 55
Operate control E to turn on this func-tion.
With the heated rear window on, warn-ing light ( on the instrument panel comeson. Press the button again to turn theheated rear window off.
This function will turn off automatically af-ter about 20 minutes.
FUEL CUT-OFF SWITCH fig. 56
It is under the driver’s seat and comes in-to operation in the case of a crash:
❒ cutting off fuel and switching off the en-gine;
❒ automatically unlocking the doors;
❒ switching on interior lights (for about15 minutes).
When the device comes into operationthe message “FPS on” is lit on the display.
For the reconfigurable multifunction dis-play, message “Inertial switch intervened- See Handbook” will be displayed.
CONTROLS
DUALDRIVE ELECTRIC POWERSTEERING SYSTEM (where provided) fig. 55Press button A to turn the “CITY” func-tion on (see paragraph “electric powersteering”). When this function is on, thewording CITY on the instrument panelwill turn on. Press the button again to turnthe function off.
HAZARD LIGHTS fig. 55To turn these lights on, press button B re-gardless of the position of the ignition key.
When the device is on, the switch is flash-ing and warning lights Î and ¥ on the clus-ter come on.
Press again button B to turn the lights off.
The use of hazard lights is governed by theHighway Code of the country you are in.Keep to the rules.
FOGLIGHTS (where provided) fig. 55Press button C, to activate these lights itis necessary to have the side/taillightsswitched on.
With the foglights on, warning light 5 onthe instrument panel comes on.
Press the button again to turn these lightsoff.
fig. 56 F0G0028mfig. 55 F0G0020m
032-059 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:48 Pagina 52
53
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IIN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND
CONT
ROLSINTERIOR FITTINGS
CIGAR LIGHTER AND ASHTRAY(where provided) fig. 57
Press button A; after approximately 15seconds the cigar lighter will return to itsinitial position and is ready for use.
IMPORTANT Always check that the cig-ar lighter has turned off.
SUN VISORS fig. 58
They are located at the sides of the dri-ving mirror.
They can be adjusted forwards and side-wards.
A courtesy mirror is applied to the backof the passenger’s side sun visor, while apocket is applied to the back of the dri-ver’s side sun visor. On certain versionsthe courtesy mirror is fitted also on thedriver’s sun visor.
Carefully inspect the car to find fuel leaks,e.g. in the engine compartment, under thecar or near the tank.
If no fuel leaks are found and the car canbe started again, press button A to resetthe fuel system and the lights.
After a crash, remember to turn the igni-tion key to STOP to prevent battery run-down.
fig. 57 F0G0223m
fig. 58 F0G0069m
If, after a crash, you smell fu-el or see leaks from the fuel
system, do not reset the switch toavoid fine risk.
WARNINGThe cigar lighter gets veryhot. Be careful how you han-
dle it and make sure it is not used bychildren: danger of fire or burns.
WARNING
The ashtray can be removed and can beplaced into the glass holder to be used al-so by rear passengers.
Do not use the ashtray as waste paperbasket: it might set on fire in contact withcigarette stubs.
032-059 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:48 Pagina 53
54
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND
CONT
ROLS
ODDMENT COMPARTMENTUNDER THE SEAT (where provided) fig. 60
On Emotion versions, under the passen-ger’s seat there is an oddment compart-ment (if there is not the HI-FI system sub-woofer).
To use it, raise the front side of the seatcushion 1 to release it, then raise the backof the cushion 2 (on the back rest side).
To close the oddment compartment, low-er and fit the back of the cushion underthe back rest without forcing, then pressthe front side of the cushion until lockingit into place.
GLASS HOLDER
The central console houses two recess-es fig. 61 for glasses, cups or cans.
At the back there is a third recess fig. 62to house a glass.
GLOVEBOX ON PASSENGER’SSIDE DASHBOARD fig. 59
Open the glovebox as indicated by the ar-row.
On the dashboard, above the glovebox,there is an oddment compartment forsmall objects.
On certain versions, the glovebox has beenreplaced with an open oddment compart-ment.
fig. 59 F0G0035m fig. 60 F0G0273m fig. 61
˙˙
˙
˙
F0G0038m
fig. 62 F0G0065m
Do not travel with the gloveboxes open: risk of passen-
ger’s injury in case of accident.
WARNING
032-059 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:48 Pagina 54
55
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IIN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND
CONT
ROLSPOWER SUNROOF
(SKY-DOME)
Upon request, the car can be fitted witha power sunroof consisting of two glasspanes fig. 64 and sun curtains fig. 65:
A front mobile pane;
B rear fixed pane;
D sun curtains (two), to open: make suncurtain slide as shown by the arrow.
CURRENT SOCKET (where provided) fig. 63
It is set on the central console and it ispower supplied with the ignition key atMAR.
Open the protection lid A to use thesocket.
Correct operation is ensured only if theaccessories connected to it are fitted witha standard plug, present on all Lineacces-sori Fiat items.
IMPORTANT With the engine off and theignition key in the MAR position, the pro-longed use (e.g. for over 1 hour) of acces-sories that absorb a great deal of currentmay reduce the battery efficiency andtherefore cause misfiring.
fig. 63 F0G0130m fig. 64 F0G0198m
Only accessories with powernot over 180W (maximumabsorption 15A) can be con-nected to the socket.
fig. 65 F0G0199m
032-059 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:48 Pagina 55
56
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND
CONT
ROLS Press button C to open:
❒ press the upper part 1 to close;
❒ press the lower part 2 to open. Sunroofopening takes place in two steps, firstpush on the button will open the sun-roof partially, a second long push on thebutton will open the sunroof fully; atthis step if you release the button, theroof will lock in the position it is in atthe moment.
Open and close the sunroof only when thecar is stationary.
IMPORTANT In order to prevent possi-ble noise, after closing the sunroof, youare suggested to keep the sunroof clos-ing button C pressed for over 2 seconds.
OPENING/CLOSING fig. 66
Opening and closing are only possible withthe key at MAR.
fig. 66 F0G0019m
Do not open the sunroof ifthere is snow or ice on it: itcould be damaged.
Improper use of the sunroofcan be dangerous. Before
and during its operation ensure thatany passengers are not at risk fromthe moving roof either by personalobjects getting caught in the mecha-nism or by being injured by it direct-ly.
WARNING
Always remove the ignitionkey when you get out of the
car to prevent the sunroof being op-erated accidentally and constitutinga danger to the people left in the car.
WARNING
032-059 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:48 Pagina 56
57
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IIN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND
CONT
ROLSDOORS
LOCKING/UNLOCKING FROMTHE OUTSIDE fig. 69
To unlock
Turn the key to 1 and lift the handle.
With central door locking system (whereprovided), when the key is turned alldoors are unlocked at the same time.
By remote control (where provided),press button Ë to open the doors.
To lock
Turn the key to 2 with the door shutproperly.
With central door locking system (whereprovided), all doors must be shut prop-erly.
By remote control (where provided),press button Á; to close the doors.
If one of the doors is not shut properly,the central door locking system will fail.
IMPORTANT If one of the front doors isopen or the system is failing, central lock-ing will not activate and after 6 attemptsin rapid sequence the device will be ex-cluded for about 60 seconds.
If there is a fault in the electricaldevice fig. 67 and 68
Take the key E in the tool box (in theboot) and manually open/close the sun-roof fitting the key into the motor seat.To reach the seat, remove the pressure-fit cover F located on the central roofcross member (dividing the sunroof mo-bile section from the fixed one).
fig. 67 F0G0201m
fig. 68 F0G0200m
fig. 69 F0G0686m
Before opening a door,make sure this can be done
in safety.
WARNING
Open the doors only whenthe car is stationary.
WARNING
032-059 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:48 Pagina 57
58
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND
CONT
ROLS
CHILD LOCK fig. 71
To prevent opening the rear doors fromthe inside.
This device can be engaged only with reardoors open:
❒ position 1 - disengaged (door canopened from the passenger’s compart-ment);
❒ position 2 - engaged (door cannotopened from the passenger’s compart-ment).
The device will be engaged even if thedoors are unlocked electrically.
IMPORTANT Always use the devicewhen transporting children.
IMPORTANT After engaging the lock,check by trying to open a rear door withthe internal handle.
LOCKING/UNLOCKING FROMTHE PASSENGER’SCOMPARTMENT fig. 70
To unlockPull lever A. With central door locking system, oper-ating the driver’s door lever A will unlockall the doors. Lever A of the other doorswill only open the corresponding door.
fig. 70 F0G0062m fig. 71 F0G0063m
To lock
Push lever A towards the door. Operat-ing the driver’s door lever A will lock allthe doors. On the other doors the leverwill only lock the corresponding door.
With mechanical lock (i.e.: without cen-tralised system), to lock a door you shalloperate the corresponding door lever; on-ly for rear doors locking can be engagedalso with the door open.
032-059 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:48 Pagina 58
59
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IIN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND
CONT
ROLS
WINDOW WINDERS fig. 73
Window winders are fitted on the reardoors of all versions. On certain versionswindow winders are fitted also on frontdoors.
Use handle A to open/close the windows.
POWERWINDOWS/WINDOWWINDERS
FRONT POWER WINDOWS(where provided) fig. 72
They work with the ignition key at MARand for two minutes after removing orturning the key to STOP.
The two buttons are at the side of thegearshift lever (one on each side) and con-trol:
A Opening/closing the left-hand doorwindow.
B Opening/closing the right-hand doorwindow.
Keep the driver’s door button pressed fora few seconds to open or close the win-dow automatically (only with key atMAR).
fig. 72 F0G0025m fig. 73 F0G0064m
Improper use of the electricwindows can be dangerous.
Before and during their operation en-sure that any passengers are not atrisk from the moving glass either bypersonal objects getting caught in themechanism or by being injured by itdirectly.
WARNING
Always remove the ignitionkey when you get out of the
car to prevent the electric windowsbeing operated accidentally and con-stituting a danger to the people leftin the car.
WARNING
032-059 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:48 Pagina 59
60
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND
CONT
ROLS
With key with remote control(where provided)
Press button R.
Tailgate opening is indicated by a doubleflashing of the direction indicators.
Soft touch handle (poweredhandle) (where provided) fig. 75
On certain versions, the tailgate (when un-locked) can only be opened from outsidethe car using the powered handle C lo-cated beneath the shackle.
If doors are unlocked the boot can beopened at any time.
To open it, one of the front doors shall beopened or doors shall be unlocked usingthe remote control or the key without re-mote control.
If the boot is not shut properly the in-strument panel warning light ́ (if any) willcome on.
BOOT
OPENING THE TAILGATE
With key without remote controlfig. 74
Unlock the lock using the metal insert ofthe ignition key A.
The opening of the boot is made easier bythe gas-filled struts on each side.
Opening the tailgate will switch the bootlight on: the light will go off automaticallywhen closing the tailgate.
The light will stay on for about 15 minutesafter turning the key to STOP: if duringthis time, a door or the tailgate is opened,the light will switch on again for 15 min-utes.
fig. 74 F0G0687m fig. 75 F0G0688m
060-080 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:48 Pagina 60
61
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND
CONT
ROLS
CLOSING THE TAILGATE fig. 77
To close, lower the tailgate until the lockclicks.
On the tailgate inner side there are areces B that make it easier to hold andclose the tailgate.
RAISING THE REAR PARCELSHELF fig. 76
To stove luggage friendly you can raise therear parcel shelf until hearing the lockingclick. Push it down to refit it.
fig. 76 F0G0237m fig. 77 F0G0689m
When using the boot, makesure the load you are carry-
ing does not exceed the permittedweight (see “Technical specifications”chapter). Also ensure the items in theboot are arranged properly to pre-vent them being thrown forward andinjuring passengers, should you brakesharply.
WARNING
Do not travel with the tail-gate open: exhaust gases
may get into the passenger’s com-partment.
WARNING
When travelling in areaswhere it is difficult to find a
filling station and you wish to carrya reserve fuel can, attain to the rele-vant law and use only certified cans,well fastened to the load anchoringhooks. Even in this way the risk of fireis increased in the case of an accident.
WARNING
Open the tailgate with carewhen carrying objects on the
roof rack bars to prevent impacts.
WARNING
060-080 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:48 Pagina 61
62
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND
CONT
ROLS To restore the use of the rear seat: lift the
seat back and push it backwards until youhear the locking click and make sure theseat belts are at the front of the seat back.
The car can be fitted, as optional, with sep-arate rear seats.
The boot extension possibilities offeredby the split seat are many and they shouldbe chosen according to the number ofpassengers and the amount of luggage tobe carried:
❒ total extension with right and left sideof the seat tilted as described above;
❒ partial extension with left or right sideof the seat tilted and place only for No.1 rear passenger.
IMPORTANT If in the boot there is arather heavy load and you are travelling atnight, check and adjust aiming of the mainbeam headlights (see “Headlights” in thissection).
EXTENDING THE BOOT(versions with rear sliding seat) fig. 79 and 80
Partial extensionUse lever A (in the passenger’s compart-ment) or the central tab D in the boot tomove the seat forward.
Total extension
Remove the rear parcel shelf as previous-ly described (see versions with rear fixedseat).Use lever A or central tab D in the bootto move the seat to the required position(e.g.: fully forward for total boot exten-sion);Lift lever B or C or pull side tabs E or Fin the boot to release the seat back restsection to tilt; both if you want to tilt thewhole back rest.
EXTENDING THE BOOT(versions with rear fixed seat) fig. 78
Proceed as follows:
1) Remove the rear parcel shelf and fit itbehind the back rests. To remove the rearparcel shelf, release catches A (one perside) and pull the rear parcel shelf out-wards.
2) Operate the levers on the seat backouter side and tilt the seat back forwardsputting aside the seat belts.
For central seat belts with three anchorpoint see paragraph “Use of the centralseat belt” in section “Safety devices”.
fig. 78 F0G0131m fig. 79 F0G0257m
A heavy load that has notbeen secured may cause se-
rious harm.
WARNING
060-080 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:48 Pagina 62
63
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND
CONT
ROLSBONNET
To open the bonnet fig. 81-82-83
Pull the red lever (under the dashboard)as shown in the figure.
Lift lever A.
Open the bonnet and at the same time re-lease the rod B from its clip C.
Insert the end of rod in its recess D onthe bonnet and leave it in safety position.Restoring the seat position
To restore the use of the rear seat: lift theseat back and push it backwards until youhear the locking click and make sure theseat belts are at the front of the seat back.
fig. 80 F0G0258m fig. 81 F0G0202m
Once you have released thelever, check that the seat is
firmly locked in the runners by tryingto move it back and forth. Failure tolock the seat in place could result inthe seat moving suddenly and the dri-ver losing control of the car.
WARNING
The bonnet might fall vio-lently if the support rod is
not positioned properly. This shouldonly be done when the car is station-ary.
WARNING
fig. 82 F0G0690m
060-080 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:48 Pagina 63
64
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND
CONT
ROLS
Before opening the bonnet,check that windscreen wiper
arms are not lifted from the wind-screen.
WARNING
fig. 83
C
B
F0G0075m
To close the bonnet fig. 83
Hold the bonnet up with one hand and,with the other, remove rod B from recessD and replace it in its clip C;
Lower the bonnet until it is about 20 cmabove the engine compartment, then let itfall and make sure it is properly locked andnot just secured in safety position. In thiscase do not press the bonnet but raise itagain and repeat the operation.
For safety reasons the bon-net must be closed properly
to avoid its opening while the car istravelling. Therefore, always check itis properly closed and the catch en-gaged. Should you notice that thecatch is not perfectly engaged whentravelling, stop the car immediatelyand close the bonnet.
WARNING
If checks are needed in theengine compartment, when
it is still hot, proceed with the utmostcare to avoid burns. Do not approachthe fan: it might start working alsowith the ignition key removed. Waitfor the engine cool down.
WARNING
Scarves, ties and other loosearticles of clothing could
easily get caught up in moving parts.This can be extremely dangerous.
WARNING
060-080 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:48 Pagina 64
65
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND
CONT
ROLSHEADLIGHTS
ADJUSTING THE HEADLIGHTBEAM
The correct positioning of the headlightbeams is very important for the comfortand safety not only of the person drivingthe car but also all other road users. Thisalso covered by a specific law.
To ensure you and other drivers have thebest visibility conditions when travellingwith the headlights on, the headlights mustbe set properly.
Have the headlight positioning checked ata Fiat Dealership and adjusted if necessary.
Check the positioning of the headlightbeams whenever the weight or the loadposition is changed.
ROOF RACK/SKI RACK
FASTENERS fig. 84
The roof rack fastener seats A are shownin the figure.
To secure the roof rack, remove plugs B(two per side).
A roof rack/ski rack especially designed forFiat Panda is available from LineaccessoriFiat.
On some versions, bars carrying all ob-jects can be provided as an optional.
fig. 84 F0G00203m
After travelling a few kilo-metres, check that the at-
tachment fastening screws are tight.
WARNING
Never exceed the permittedweight (see section “Techni-cal specifications”.
060-080 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:48 Pagina 65
66
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND
CONT
ROLS
SLANT COMPENSATION fig. 85
The car is fitted with an electrical devicefor correcting the headlight slant. The de-vice can be operated with the ignition keyat MAR and the dipped beam headlightsare on.
When the car is loaded, it slopes back-wards. This means the headlight beam ris-es.
In this case, it is necessary to return it tothe correct position using buttons + and–.
The display shows the positions during theadjustment.
ADJUSTING THE FRONTFOGLIGHTS (where provided) fig. 86
Have the headlight positioning checked ata Fiat Dealership and adjusted if necessary.
fig. 85 F0G0141m fig. 86 F0G0076m
Correct positions according to the load
Position 0 - one or two passengers onfront seats.
Position 1 - four passengers.
Position 2 - four passengers + load in theboot.
Position 3 - driver + maximum admittedload in the boot.
060-080 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:48 Pagina 66
67
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND
CONT
ROLS
This is done using non-transparent stick-er tape as shown in the figure. The figurerefers to passing from left-hand drive toright-hand drive.
ABS SYSTEM (where provided)
The car is fitted with an ABS braking sys-tem, which prevents the wheels from lock-ing when braking, makes the most of roadgrip and gives the best control when emer-gency braking under difficulty road condi-tions.
System is completed by EBD (ElectronicBraking Force Distribution), which dis-tributes the braking action between frontand rear wheels.
IMPORTANT To have the maximum ef-ficiency of the braking system, it is neces-sary a setting period of about 500 km: dur-ing this period, it is better to avoid sharp,repeated and prolonged brakes.
HEADLIGHT BEAMADJUSTMENT ABROAD fig. 87
Headlights are orientated as to drive in-side the country of origin before sellingthe car. When travelling in countries withopposite driving direction, you need tocover the headlight areas according to theRoad Code of the country you are trav-elling in.
fig. 87 F0G0691m
060-080 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:48 Pagina 67
68
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND
CONT
ROLS
FAILURE WARNINGS
ABS failure fig. 88
If warning light > lights up on the instru-ment panel, together with the message onthe reconfigurable multifunction display(where provided), see section “Warninglights and messages”.
In this case the braking system will still beeffective, although without the anti-lockdevice. Drive carefully to the nearest FiatDealership to have the system checked.
EBD failure fig. 89
It is indicated by the turning on of warn-ing lights > and x on the instrumentpanel, together with the message on thereconfigurable multifunction display(where provided), see section “Warninglights and messages”.
In this case with sharp braking the rearwheels might lock too early, with the pos-sibility of skidding . Drive extremely care-fully to the nearest Fiat Dealership to havethe system checked.
ABS INTERVENTION
When the ABS cuts in, you will feel thebrake pedal pulsating slightly and the sys-tem get noisier: it means that the speedshould be altered to fit the type of road sur-face.
fig. 88 F0G0158m fig. 89 F0G0159mWhen the ABS cuts in, andyou feel the brake pedal pul-
sating, do not remove your foot, butkeep it pressed; in doing so you willstop in the shortest amount of spacepossible under the current road con-ditions.
WARNING
If the ABS system cuts in, itis a sign that the grip be-
tween the tyre and the road surfacehas reached the limit: you must slowdown to match the speed to the roadgrip available.
WARNING
The ABS exploits the roadhold available as much as
possible but cannot increase it. Youshould always drive carefully on slip-pery surfaces and avoid any unnec-essary risks.
WARNING
060-080 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:48 Pagina 68
69
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND
CONT
ROLS
If only the warning light xturns on together with the
message on the reconfigurable multi-function display (where provided),stop the car immediately and contactthe nearest Fiat Dealership. Fluidleaks from the hydraulic system, infact, can compromise the braking sys-tem, both traditional systems and sys-tems with ABS.
WARNING ESP SYSTEM (ElectronicStability Program) (where provided)
GENERAL INFORMATION
The ESP system is an electronic systemcontrolling the car stability in the event oftyre grip loss.
The ESP system is therefore particularlyuseful when grip conditions of the road sur-faces changes.
In addition to the ESP system, ASR system(antislip regulation system) and HILLHOLDER, also the MSR system (adjustingthe engine braking torque) and the HBAsystem (improving the braking force dur-ing emergency braking) are provided.
ESP INTERVENTION
It is signalled by the blinking of the warn-ing light á on the instrument panel, to in-form the driver that the car is in criticalstability and grip conditions.
ESP system activation
The ESP system is automatically activat-ed when the car is started and cannot bede-activated.
Failure indications
In the event of failure, the ESP system isautomatically disconnected, the warninglight á comes on with fixed light on theinstrument panel, together with the mes-sage on the reconfigurable multifunctiondisplay (where provided) and with the but-ton led ASR OFF (see section “Warninglights and messages”). In this case contacta Fiat Dealership as soon as possible.
Performance of the ESP sys-tem, in terms of active safe-
ty should not induce the driver to takepointless and unnecessary risks. Thestyle of driving must in any case al-ways be adapted to the conditions ofthe road surface, visibility an traffic.Road safety is always the driver’s re-sponsibility.
WARNING
060-080 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:48 Pagina 69
70
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND
CONT
ROLS FAILURE INDICATIONS
System failure is indicated by the turningon of warning light * on the instrumentpanel, together with the message on thereconfigurable multifunction display(where provided), see section “Warninglights and messages”.
IMPORTANT The Hill Holder system isnot a parking brake therefore, never leavethe car without having engaged the hand-brake, turned the engine off and engagedthe first speed.
ASR SYSTEM (Antislip Regulation)
The ASR function controls car drive andcuts in automatically every time one orboth driving wheels slip.
In slipping conditions, two different con-trol systems are activated:
❒ if slipping involves both driving wheels,the ASR function intervenes reducingthe power transmitted by the engine;
❒ if the slipping involves only one drivingwheel, the ASR system cuts in auto-matically braking the wheel that is slip-ping.
The action of the ASR is particularly help-ful in the following circumstances:
❒ slipping of the inner wheel due to theeffect of dynamic load changes or ex-cessive acceleration;
❒ too much power transmitted to thewheels also in relation to the conditionsof the road surface;
❒ acceleration on slippery, snowy orfrozen surfaces;
❒ in the case of loss of grip on a wet sur-face (aquaplaning).
HILL HOLDER SYSTEM (where provided)
This system is an integral part of the ESPsystem and it is provided to facilitate start-ing on slopes. It will activate automatical-ly with the following conditions:
❒ Uphill: car at a standstill on a road witha gradient higher than 2%, engine run-ning, clutch and brake pedal pressed,gearbox to neutral or engaged gear oth-er than reverse;
❒ Downhill: car at a standstill on a roadwith a gradient higher than 2%, enginerunning, clutch and brake pedal pressedand reverse gear engaged.
At pickup the ESP system control unit willkeep brake force on wheels until reachingthe torque suitable for starting, or in anycase for max. 2 seconds in order to passeasily from the brake pedal to the accel-erator pedal.
After two seconds without starting, thesystem will deactivate automatically by re-leasing gradually the brake force. At re-leasing, the typical brake disengagementnoise indicating that the car is going tomove will be heard.
During the use of the space-saver spare wheel, the ESP
system carries on working. However,you must remind that the space-saverspare wheel has dimensions smallerthan the standard tyre and thereforeits grip is reduced as to the other cartyres.
WARNING
For correct operation of theESP system, the tyres must
absolutely be of the same brand andtype on all wheels, in perfect condi-tions and, above all, of type, brandand size specified.
WARNING
060-080 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:48 Pagina 70
71
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND
CONT
ROLS
Switching the ASR system on/off fig. 90
The ASR function switches on automati-cally each time the engine is started.
When travelling ASR can be switched offand on again pressing button C ASR OFF.
System activation is indicated by the rel-evant message on the reconfigurable mul-tifunction display (where provided).
When the ASR is switched off this isshown by the lighting up of the led on thebutton ASR OFF and by relevant messageon the reconfigurable multifunction display(where provided). If the ASR is switchedoff when travelling, it will turn on again au-tomatically the next time the engine isstarted.
When travelling on snowy roads withsnow chains, it may be helpful to turn theASR off: in fact, in these conditions, slip-ping of the driving wheels when moving offmakes it possible to obtain better drive.
MSR system (engine braking torque control)
It is an integral part of the ASR system thatin case of sudden gear shifting, cuts in pro-viding torque to the engine thus prevent-ing excessive driving wheel drive that, spe-cially in poor grip conditions, can lead toloss of stability.
fig. 90 F0G0267m
The performance of the sys-tem, in terms of active safe-
ty should not induce the driver to takepointless and unnecessary risks. Thestyle of driving must in any case al-ways be adapted to the conditions ofthe road surface, visibility an traffic.Road safety is always the driver’s re-sponsibility.
WARNING
060-080 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:48 Pagina 71
72
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND
CONT
ROLS
IMPORTANT After eliminating the in-convenience, to check the system com-pletely, Fiat Dealerships are obliged to runa bench test and, if necessary, road testswhich may also call for a long journey.
“DUALDRIVE” ELECTRICPOWER STEERINGSYSTEM(where provided)
Certain versions feature a new electrical-ly controlled power steering system called“Dualdrive” working only with ignition keyat MAR and engine running, that can becustomised by the driver according to thedriving conditions.
IMPORTANT When turning quickly theignition key, power steering full operationis obtained after 1-2 seconds.
EOBD SYSTEM (petrolversions)
The EOBD system (European On BoardDiagnosis) allows continuous diagnosis ofthe components of the car correlated withemissions. It also alerts the driver, by turn-ing on the warning light U fig. 91 on theinstrument panel together with relevantmessage on the reconfigurable multifunc-tion display (where provided), when theseconditions are no longer in peak condi-tions (see section “Warning lights andmessages”).
The objective is:
❒ to keep the system efficiency undercontrol;
❒ warn when a fault causes emissions lev-els to increase;
❒ warn of the need to replace deterio-rated components.
The system has a diagnostic connectorthat can be interfaced with appropriatetools, which makes it possible to read theerror codes stored in the control unit, to-gether with a series of specific parametersfor engine operation and diagnosis.
This check can also be performed by traf-fic controller agents.
fig. 91 F0G0161m
If turning the ignition key toMAR, the warning light Udoes not turn on or if, whiletravelling it turns on glowing
steadily or flashing (together with themessage on the reconfigurable multi-function display (where provided), con-tact Fiat Dealership as soon as possi-ble. Warning light U operation can bechecked by means of special equip-ment by traffic agents. Always complywith the traffic regulations in force inthe country where you are travelling.
060-080 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:48 Pagina 72
73
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND
CONT
ROLS
FAILURE INDICATIONS fig. 94
Any failure is indicated by instrument pan-el warning light g coming on togetherwith the message on the reconfigurablemultifunction display (where provided),see section “Warning lights and mes-sages”).
In the event of electric power steering sys-tem failure, the car can be driven with me-chanical steering.
IMPORTANT In some circumstances, fac-tors independent from the electric pow-er steering could cause the illumination ofthe warning light g on the instrumentpanel.
ACTIVATION/DEACTIVATIONCITY FUNCTION fig. 92 and 93
To connect/disconnect the CITY function,press button A.
Connection of this function is signalled byCITY warning light coming on.
When the CITY function is on, the steer-ing wheel effort is lighter and thus parkingoperations are easier: therefore this func-tion is particularly useful for driving in citycentres.
fig. 92 F0G0145m fig. 93 F0G0162m fig. 94 F0G0163m
It is absolutely forbidden tocarry out whatever after-
market operation involving steeringsystem or steering column modifica-tions (e.g.: installation of anti-theftdevice) that could badly affect per-formance and safety, cause the lapseof warranty and also result in non-compliance of the car with homolo-gation requirements.
WARNING
060-080 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:48 Pagina 73
74
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND
CONT
ROLS PARKING SENSORS
(where provided)
Parking sensors are located in the rearbumper fig. 95 and their function is to in-form the driver, through an intermittentbuzzer, about the presence of obstaclesbehind the car.
ACTIVATION
The sensors are automatically activatedwhen the reverse gear is engaged.
The sound produced by the acoustic alarmbecomes louder when the distance be-tween the car and the obstacle decreases.
BUZZER WARNINGS
When the reverse gear is engaged an in-termittent acoustic signal is automaticallyactivated (short beep indicating that sen-sors are active).
The acoustic signal:
❒ becomes louder as the reduction of dis-tance between the car and the obsta-cle decreases;
❒ becomes continuous when the distancebetween the car and the obstacle is lessthat 30 cm and stops if the distance rais-es;
❒ is constant if the distance is unvaried.
Direction distances
Central action radius 120 cm
Side action radius 60 cm
If several obstacles are detected, the con-trol unit indicates the nearest one.
We suggest to stop immediately the car,turn off the engine for about 20 secondsand then re-start the car. If the warninglight g stays on together with the mes-sage on the reconfigurable multifunctiondisplay (where provided), contact FiatDealership.
IMPORTANT The steering may becomeslightly stiff following parking manoeuvresincluding a great deal of steering. This isnormal and caused by a system to preventmotor overheating. No servicing is re-quired. The electric power steering sys-tem will return to normal operation thenext time the car is used.
fig. 95 F0G0692m
Always switch the engine off,remove the key from the
starting device and actuate the steer-ing lock before carrying out any main-tenance operation, especially whenthe wheels are raised from theground. In case this is not possible(e.g. when the key must be in MARposition or the engine running); re-move the electric power steeringmain fuse before carrying out anymaintenance operation.
WARNING
060-080 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:48 Pagina 74
75
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND
CONT
ROLSGENERAL WARNINGS
❒ When parking, take the utmost care toobstacles that may be set above or un-der the sensors.
❒ Objects set close to the car rear part,under certain circumstances are not de-tected and could therefore cause dam-ages to the car.
❒ Indications sent by the sensors can bealtered by dirt, snow or ice depositedon the sensors or by ultrasound sys-tems (e.g.: truck pneumatic brakes orpneumatic hammers) set nearby thecar.
FAILURE INDICATIONS
In the event of sensor failures, the driveris warned when engaging reverse by a 3-second beep.
OPERATION WITH TRAILER
Parking sensor operation is deactivatedautomatically when the trailer electric ca-ble plug is fitted into the car tow hooksocket.
Sensors are reactivated automaticallywhen removing the trailer cable plug.
For proper operation, theparking sensors shall alwaysbe clean from mud, dirt, snowor ice. When cleaning the sen-
sors, take the utmost care to preventtheir damaging; do not use thereforedry or rough clothes. Sensors shall bewashed with clean water and car de-tergent, if required. In washing stations,clean sensors quickly keeping thevapour jet/high pressure washing noz-zles at 10 cm at least from the sensors.
Parking manoeuvres howev-er are always under the dri-
ver’s responsibility that shall alwayscheck the absence of people (spe-cially children) or animals in the ma-noeuvre space. This system is just ahelp for the driver but she/he shallnever reduce attention during dan-gerous manoeuvres even if performedat low speed.
WARNING
060-080 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:48 Pagina 75
76
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND
CONT
ROLS
SOUND SYSTEM PRESETTING (where provided)
In addition to what provided with the stan-dard set-up, the car is also fitted with:
❒ two full range speakers, 165 mm diam-eter, 40 W power each on front doors;
❒ two full range speakers, 130 mm diam-eter, 35 W power each on rear doors;
❒ aerial power wire;
❒ front and rear speaker power wires;
❒ sound system power wires;
❒ aerial on the car roof.
SOUND SYSTEM (where provided)
The complete system consists of the fol-lowing:
❒ two full range speakers, 165 mm diam-eter, 40 W power each on front doors;
❒ two full range speakers, 130 mm diam-eter, 35 W power each on rear doors;
❒ aerial on car roof;
❒ radio with tape-recorder or sound sys-tem with CD player or sound systemwith MP3 CD player (for its operationand characteristics see the “Sound sys-tem” supplement attached to the pre-sent Handbook).
With HiFi system (if required):
❒ two tweeters A-fig. 97 and twowoofers B, 40 W max power each onfront doors;
❒ two full range speakers, 40 W maxpower each on rear doors;
❒ a subwoofer, 100 W power, under theright seat;
❒ aerial on the roof;
❒ sound system with CD player or soundsystem with MP3 CD player (for its op-eration and characteristics see the“Sound system” supplement attachedto the present Handbook).
If after buying the car, youdecide to install a sound sys-tem, contact Fiat Dealershipwhose qualified personnel will
help you choose a sound system thatdoes not damage the battery charge.Excessive electrical absorption dam-ages the battery and makes its war-ranty no longer valid.
fig. 96 F0G0071m
SOUND SYSTEM
When the sound system has not been re-quested the car is provided with two odd-ment compartments on the instrumentpanel.
STANDARD SOUND SYSTEMfig. 96
The system consists of:
❒ sound system power wires;
❒ oddment compartment;
❒ front and rear speaker compartments.
Remove the door panel to fit the speak-ers.
Have this operation carried out at a FiatDealership.
The sound system is to be fitted in thededicated seat in the oddment compart-ment which can be removed by pressingthe two retaining tabs A.
Here you can find power wires.
060-080 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:48 Pagina 76
77
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND
CONT
ROLSINSTALLATION OF ELECTRIC/
ELECTRONIC DEVICES
Electric/electronic devices installed afterbuying the vehicle or in aftermarket shallbear the and marking:
Fiat Auto S.p.A. authorizes the installationof transceivers provided that installationis carried out at a specialized shop, work-manlike performed and in compliance withmanufacturer's specifications.
IMPORTANT Installation of devices re-sulting in modifications of vehicle charac-teristics may cause driving license seizingby traffic agents and also the lapse of thewarranty as concerns defects due to theabovementioned modification or traceableback to it directly or indirectly.
Fiat Auto S.p.A. declines all responsibilityfor damages caused by the installation ofnon-genuine accessories or not recom-mended by Fiat Auto S.p.A. and installednot in compliance with the specified re-quirements.
RADIO TRANSMITTERSAND CELLULAR TELEPHONES
Radio transceiver equipment (e.g.: HAMradio systems and the like) shall not beused inside the vehicle unless a separateaerial is mounted on the roof.
IMPORTANT The use of similar devicesinside the passenger compartment (with-out separated aerial) produces radio-fre-quency electromagnetic fields which, am-plified by the resonance effects inside thepassenger compartment, may cause elec-trical systems equipping the vehicle to mal-function. This could compromise safety inaddition to constituting a potential hazardfor the passengers.
In addition, transmission and reception ofthese devices may be affected by theshielding effect of the vehicle body.
As concerns EC-approved mobile phones(GSM, GPRS, UMTS), strictly comply withthe instructions for use provided by themobile phone’s manufacturer.
ACCESSORIES PURCHASED BY THE OWNER
If after buying the car, you decide to installelectrical accessories that require a per-manent electric supply (alarm, satellite an-titheft system, etc.) or accessories that inany case burden the electric supply, con-tact Fiat Dealership, whose qualified per-sonnel, besides suggesting the most suit-able devices belonging to Lineaccessori Fi-at, will also evaluate the overall electric ab-sorption, checking whether the car’s elec-tric system is able to withstand the loadrequired, or whether it needs to be inte-grated with a more powerful battery.
fig. 97 F0G0073m
060-080 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:48 Pagina 77
78
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND
CONT
ROLS DIESEL ENGINES
Operation at low temperatures
If the outside temperature is very low, thediesel thickens due to the formation ofparaffin and could cause the malfunction-ing of the fuel system.
In order to avoid these problems, differ-ent types of diesel are distributed ac-cording to the season: summer type, win-ter type and arctic type (cold, mountainareas). If refuelling with diesel fuel not suit-able for the current temperature, mixdiesel fuel with TUTELA DIESEL ART ad-ditive in the proportions stated on the can,putting first the antifreeze in the tank andthen the diesel fuel.
If driving or parking the vehicle for a longperiod in cold areas/mountains, refuel withthe diesel fuel available at local filling sta-tions.
In this situation you are also recom-mended to have in the tank an amount offuel 50% higher than usable capacity.
AT THE FILLINGSTATION
PETROL ENGINES
Use only unleaded petrol.
To prevent errors, the diameter of the fu-el tank filler is too small to introduce a leadpetrol pump filler.
Use petrol with a rated octane number(R.O.N.) not lower than 95.
IMPORTANT An inefficient catalyst leadsto harmful exhaust emissions, thus con-tributing to air pollution.
IMPORTANT Never use leaded petrol,even in small amount or in an emergency,as this would damage the catalyst beyondrepair.
fig. 98 F0G0041m
The car must only be filledwith diesel fuel for motor ve-hicles, in compliance with Eu-ropean Standard EN590. The
use of other products or mixtures mayirreparably damage the engine with in-validation of the warranty due to thedamage caused. In the event of acci-dentally filling with another type of fu-el, do not start the engine and emptythe tank. If the engine has been runeven for only a very short time, in ad-dition to the tank, it is also necessaryto drain out the whole fuel circuit.
REFUELLING
To guarantee full tank filling, carry out tworefuelling operations after the first click ofthe fuel delivery gun. Avoid further top-ping up operations that could cause dam-ages to the fuel system.
060-080 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:48 Pagina 78
79
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND
CONT
ROLSPROTECTING THE
ENVIRONMENT
The devices for curtailing petrol engineemissions are the following:
❒ three-way catalytic converter;
❒ Lambda sensor;
❒ fuel evaporation system.
In addition, do not let the engine run, evenfor a test, with one or more spark plugsdisconnected.
The devices for curtailing diesel fuel en-gine emissions are the following:
❒ oxidising catalytic converter;
❒ exhaust gas recirculation system(E.G.R.);
❒ diesel particulate filter (DPF).
FUEL FILLER CAP fig. 98 and 99
The fuel filler cap B is fitted with an anti-loss device C which fastens it to the flapA so it cannot be mislaid.
To slacken the cap B first open the flap A.The sealing of the tank may cause lightpressurising in the tank. A little breathingoff, while slackening the cap is absolutelynormal.
When refuelling, position the cap on thedevice inside the flap as shown in the fig-ure.
fig. 99 F0G0042m
Do not put naked flames orlighted cigarettes near the fu-el filler hole as there is a dan-ger of fire. Do not bend too
close to the hole either so as not tobreathe in harmful vapours.
During normal service thecatalyst reaches high tem-
peratures. Do not therefore park thecar over inflammable materials (grass,dry leaves, pine needles, etc.): firehazard.
WARNING
060-080 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:48 Pagina 79
80
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND
CONT
ROLS DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER
(DPF) (for 1.3 Multijet versions 75 HP)
The Diesel Particulate Filter is a mechan-ical filter, integral with the exhaust system,that physically traps particulates presentin the exhaust gases of Diesel engines.
The diesel particular filter has been adopt-ed to eliminate almost totally particulatesin compliance with current / future lawregulations.
During normal use of the vehicle, the en-gine control unit records a set of data (e.g.:travel time, type of route, temperatures,etc.) and it will then calculate how muchparticulates has been trapped by the filter.
Since this filter physically traps particulates,it shall be cleaned (reclaimed) at regularintervals by burning carbon particles.
Reclaiming procedure is controlled auto-matically by the engine control unit ac-cording to the filter conditions and theconditions of use of the vehicle.
During reclaiming the following phenom-ena could take place: idling slight increase,fan activation, slight smoke increase, highexhaust temperatures. These situationsshall not be considered as faults and theydo not affect vehicle performance and en-vironment.
If the dedicated message is displayed, re-fer to paragraph “Warning lights and mes-sages”.
060-080 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:48 Pagina 80
81
CORR
ECT U
SEOF
THE C
ARW
ARNI
NGLIG
HTS A
NDME
SSAG
ES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND C
ONTR
OLS
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
S
SEAT BELTS ........................................................................... 82
PRETENSIONERS.................................................................. 84
CARRYING CHILDREN SAFELY...................................... 87
PRESETTING FOR MOUNTING THE “ISOFIX TYPE” CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEM .............. 91
FRONT AIR BAGS................................................................ 93
SIDE AIR BAGS (Side bag - Window bag) ...................... 96
SSSAAFFEETTYY DDEEVVIICCEESS
081-100 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:49 Pagina 81
82
CORR
ECT U
SEOF
THE C
AR
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
IINDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND C
ONTR
OLS
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
S
When the car is parked on a steep slopethe reel mechanism may block; this is nor-mal. The reel mechanism prevents thewebbing coming out when it is jerked orif the car brakes sharply, in a collision orwhen cornering at high speeds.
The rear seat is fitted with inertial seatbelts with three anchor points and reel.As an optional, (only for homologated 5-seat cars) also the centre seat can be fit-ted with three anchor points and reel orwith lap belt with two anchor points forversions/markets where applicable.
IMPORTANT Remember that in theevent of a violent collision, back seat pas-sengers not wearing seat belts also rep-resent a serious danger for front seat pas-sengers.
SEAT BELT HEIGHTADJUSTMENT (where provided)
Four different adjustments in height areprovided.
To adjust, press button A-fig. 2 and low-er or raise the grip B.
Always adjust the height of the seat beltto fit the person wearing it: this precau-tion could greatly reduce the risk of injuryin case of collision.
Correct adjustment is obtained when thebelt passes half way between the end ofthe shoulder and the neck.
See texts and figures given in paragraph“General instructions for using the seatbelts” in this section.
SEAT BELTS
USING THE SEAT BELTS fig. 1
The belt should be worn keeping the cheststraight and rested against the seat back.
To fasten the seat belts, take hold thetongue A and insert it into the buckle B,until hearing the locking click. At removal,if it jams, let it rewind for a short stretch,then pull it out again without jerking.
To unfasten the seat belts, press buttonC. Guide the seat belt with your handwhile it is rewinding, to prevent it fromtwisting. Through the reel, the belt auto-matically adapts to the body of the pas-senger wearing it, allowing freedom ofmovement.
fig. 1 F0G0053m fig. 2 F0G0054m
Never press button C whentravelling.
WARNING
081-100 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:49 Pagina 82
83
CORR
ECT U
SEOF
THE C
ARW
ARNI
NGLIG
HTS A
NDME
SSAG
ES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND C
ONTR
OLS
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
S
For certain versions, the front seat beltshave just one fixed anchoring point C-fig. 3 on the door post.
USING THE CENTRAL SEATBELT
Static lap belt with 2 anchor points(for versions/markets whereapplicable) fig. 4
To fasten the seat belt: fit the tongue Ainto the buckle B until hearing the lockingclick.
To unfasten the seat belt: press button C.
To adjust the belt: run the tape in thebuckle D, pulling the end E ) to tighten andsection F to loosen.
fig. 3 F0G0195m fig. 4 F0G0224m
Make height adjustmentwhen the car is stationary.
WARNING
After adjustment, alwayscheck that the slider is an-
chored in one of the positions pro-vided. To do this, with the button Areleased, exert a further pressure toallow the anchor device to catch if re-lease did not take place at one of thepreset positions.
WARNING
081-100 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:49 Pagina 83
84
CORR
ECT U
SEOF
THE C
AR
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
IINDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND C
ONTR
OLS
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SBoot extension: unfasten the belt throughbutton M and guide the belt to preventit from twisting; overlap tongues I and G,on the catch H in the reel compartment.
IMPORTANT After repositioning theseats, restore proper seat belts conditionsfor prompt use.
PRETENSIONERS
To increase the efficiency of the front andrear (where provided) seat belts, the FiatPanda is fitted with pretensioners. Thesedevices “feel”, through a sensor, that a vi-olent crash is in progress and rewind theseat belts a few centimetres. In this waythey ensure that the seat belt adheres per-fectly to the wearer before the restrain-ing action begins.
The seat belt locks to indicate that the de-vice has intervened; the seat belt cannotbe drawn back up even when guiding itmanually.
IMPORTANT To obtain the highest de-gree of protection from the action of thepretensioning device, wear the seat beltkeeping it firmly close to the chest andpelvis.
A small amount of smoke may be pro-duced. This smoke is in no way toxic andpresents no fire hazard.
The pretensioner does not require anymaintenance or greasing. Anything thatmodifies its original conditions invalidatesits efficiency. If due to unusual naturalevents (floods, sea storms, etc.) the devicehas been affected by water and mud, itmust necessarily be replaced.
Seat belt with three anchor points(for versions/markets whereapplicable) fig. 5
The seat belt has two webbings and a dou-ble buckle.
To use the seat belts, take the tongues outof the reel compartment and pull the belt,guide the belt to prevent it from twistingthen secure tongue G into buckle L fittedwith the black button M.
To fasten the belt, run the belt and securetongue I into the corresponding buckle N.
To fasten the belt: press button O and guidethe belt to prevent it from twisting.
fig. 5 F0G0241m
Remember that in the caseof a violent collision, back
seat passengers not wearing seat beltsalso represent a serious danger to thepassengers in the front.
WARNING
081-100 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:49 Pagina 84
85
CORR
ECT U
SEOF
THE C
ARW
ARNI
NGLIG
HTS A
NDME
SSAG
ES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND C
ONTR
OLS
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
S
LOAD LIMITERS
To increase passenger’s safety, the frontand rear (where provided) seat belt reelscontain a load limiter which allows con-trolled sag in such a way as to dose theforce acting on the shoulders during thebelt restraining action in case of frontcrash.
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS FORUSING THE SEAT BELTS
The driver must comply with (and havethe car occupants follow) all the local lawregulations concerning the use of seatbelts. Always fasten the seat belts beforestarting.
Seat belts are also to be worn by expec-tant mothers: the risk of injury in the caseof accident is greatly reduced for them andthe unborn child if they are wearing a seatbelt. Of course they must position thelower part of the belt very low down sothat it passes under the abdomen (as il-lustrated in fig. 6).
fig. 6 F0G0046m
The pretensioner can onlybe used once. After a colli-
sion that has triggered it, have it re-placed at a Fiat Dealership. Preten-sioner validity is written on the labelset on the door contour sheet metal.Pretensioners should be replaced atFiat Dealership as this date ap-proaches.
WARNING
Operations which lead toknocks, vibrations or localisedheating (over 100°C for amaximum of 6 hours) in the
area around the pretensioners maycause damage or trigger them. Thesedevices are not affected by vibrationscaused by irregularities of the road sur-face or low obstacles such as kerbs, etc.Contact a Fiat Dealership for any as-sistance.
For maximum safety, keepthe back of your seat up-
right, lean back into it and make surethe seat belt fits closely across yourchest and hips. Make sure that theseat belts of the front and rear pas-sengers are fastened at all times! Youincrease the risk of serious injury ordeath in a collision if you travel withthe belts unfastened.
WARNING
Under no circumstancesshould the components of
the seat belts and pretensioners betampered with or removed. Any op-eration should be carried out by qual-ified and authorised personnel. Al-ways contact a Fiat Dealership.
WARNING
081-100 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:49 Pagina 85
86
CORR
ECT U
SEOF
THE C
AR
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
IINDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND C
ONTR
OLS
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
S
IMPORTANT Each belt shall be used byone person only: never travel with a childsitting on the passenger’s lap with a sin-gle belt to protect them both fig. 8. Donot fasten other objects to the body.
HOW TO KEEP THE SEATBELTS ALWAYS IN EFFICIENTCONDITIONS
Observe the following:
❒ always use the belt with the tap taut andnever twisted; make sure that it is freeto run without impediments;
❒ after a serious accident, replace the beltbeing worn at that time, even if it doesnot appear damaged. Always replacethe seat belt if pretensioners have beenactivated;
❒ to clean the belts, wash by hand withneutral soap, rinse and leave to dry inthe shade. Never use strong deter-gents, bleach or dyes or other chemi-cal substance that might weaken the fi-bres;
❒ prevent the reels from getting wet:their correct operation is only guaran-teed if water does not get inside;
❒ replace the seat belt when showing sig-nificant wear or cut signs.
IMPORTANT The belt should not betwisted. The upper part should pass overthe shoulder and cross the chest diago-nally. The lower part should adhere to thepelvis (as illustrated in fig. 7) and not tothe abdomen of the passenger. Do not useany objects (pegs, stoppers, etc.) to keepthe belts away from the body.
fig. 7 F0G0044m fig. 8 F0G0045m
If the belt has been subject-ed to heavy stress, for ex-
ample after and accident, it should bechanged completely together withthe anchors, anchor fastening screwsand the pretensioners. In fact, even ifthe belt has no visible defects, it couldhave lost its resilience.
WARNING
081-100 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:49 Pagina 86
87
CORR
ECT U
SEOF
THE C
ARW
ARNI
NGLIG
HTS A
NDME
SSAG
ES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND C
ONTR
OLS
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
S
All restraint devices must bear the certi-fication data, together with the controlbrand, on a solidly fixed label which mustabsolutely never be removed.
Over 1.50 m in height, from the point ofview of restraint systems, children areconsidered as adults and wear the seatbelts normally.
Lineaccessori Fiat offers seats for eachweight group, which are the recommend-ed choice, as they have been designed andexperimented specifically for Fiat cars.
CARRYING CHILDREN SAFELY
For optimal protection in the event of acrash, all passengers must be seated andwearing adequate restraint systems.
This is even more important for children.
This prescription is compulsory in all ECcountries according to EC Directive2003/20/EC.
Compared with adults, their head is pro-portionally larger and heavier than the restof the body, while the muscles and bonestructure are not completely developed.
Therefore, correct restraint systems arenecessary, other then adult seat belts.
The results of research on the best childrestraint systems are contained in the Eu-ropean Standard ECE- R44. This Standardenforces the use of restraint systems clas-sified in five groups:Group 0 0-10 kg in weightGroup 0+ 0-13 kg in weightGroup 1 9-18 kg in weightGroup 2 15-25 kg in weightGroup 3 weight 22 - 36 kg
SERIOUS DANGER: Neverplace cradle child’s seats onthe front passenger seat ofcars fitted with passenger’sair bag. The air bag activa-tion could cause serious in-
juries, even mortal. You are advisedto carry children always on the rearseats, as this is the most protected po-sition in the case of a crash. In anycase, children’s seats must absolutelynot be fitted on the front seat of carswith passenger’s air bag, which dur-ing inflation could cause serious in-jury, even mortal, regardless of the se-riousness of the crash that triggeredit. Children may be placed on thefront seat of cars fitted with passen-ger’s air bag deactivation. In this case,it is absolutely necessary to check thewarning light F on the cluster tomake sure that deactivation has ac-tually taken place (see paragraph“Passenger’s front air bag” at item“Front air bags”). The front passen-ger’s seat shall be adjusted in themost backward position to preventany contact between child’s seat anddashboard.
WARNING
081-100 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:49 Pagina 87
88
CORR
ECT U
SEOF
THE C
AR
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
IINDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND C
ONTR
OLS
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
S
GROUP 2
Starting from 15 to 25 kg in weight, chil-dren may be restrained directly by the carbelts fig 11.
The only function of the seat is to positionthe child correctly in relation to the belts,so that the diagonal part adheres to thechest and not to the neck and that thehorizontal part clings to the child’s pelvisand not the abdomen.
fig. 11 F0G0049m
GROUP 1
Starting from 9 to 18 kg in weight, childrenmay be carried facing forwards, with seatsfitted with front cushion, through whichthe car seat belt restrains both child andseat fig. 10.
GROUP 0 and 0+
Babies up to 13 kg must be carried facingbackwards on a cradle seat which, sup-porting the head, does not induce stresson the neck in the event of sharp decel-eration.
The cradle is restrained by the car seatbelts, as shown in fig. 9 and in turn it mustrestrain the child with its own belts.
fig. 9 F0G0047m fig. 10 F0G0048m
The figure is only an example for mounting. Attain to the instructionsfor fastening which must be enclosed with the specific child restrain-
ing system you are using.
WARNING
Seats exist which are suitable for covering weight groups 0 and 1 with arear connection to the car belts and their own belts to restrain the child.
Due to their size, they can be dangerous if installed incorrectly fastened to the carbelts with a cushion. Carefully follow the instructions for installation provided withthe seat.
WARNING
The figure is only an exam-ple for mounting. Attain to
the instructions for fastening whichmust be enclosed with the specificchild restraining system you are using.
WARNING
081-100 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:49 Pagina 88
89
CORR
ECT U
SEOF
THE C
ARW
ARNI
NGLIG
HTS A
NDME
SSAG
ES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND C
ONTR
OLS
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
S
Group 3
For children from 22 kg up to 36 kg thesize of the child’s chest no longer requiresa support to space the child’s back fromthe seat back.
Fig. 12 shows proper child seat posi-tioning on the rear seat.
Children taller than 1.50 m can wear seatbelts like adults.
fig. 12 F0G0050m
The figure is only an exam-ple for mounting. Attain to
the instructions for fastening whichmust be enclosed with the specificchild restraining system you are using.
WARNING
PASSENGER’S SEAT COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATIONS ON CHILD’S SEAT USE
Fiat Panda complies with the new EC Directive 2000/3 regulating child’s seat assemblingon the different car seats according to the following table:
Range Front Rear CentralGroup of weight seat seat seat
Group 0, 0+ up to 13 kg U U *
Group 1 9-18 kg U U *
Group 2 15-25 kg U U *
Group 3 22-36 kg U U *
Key:
U = suitable for child restraint systems of the “Universal” category, according to Eu-ropean Standard ECE-R44 for the specified “Group”.
(*) No child’s seat can be installed on the rear seat with lap belt (without reel).
081-100 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:49 Pagina 89
90
CORR
ECT U
SEOF
THE C
AR
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
IINDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND C
ONTR
OLS
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
S❒ Only one child is to be strapped to each
retaining system.
❒ Always check the seat belts do not fitaround the child’s throat.
❒ While travelling, do not let the child sitincorrectly or release the belts.
❒ Passengers should never carry childrenon their laps. No-one, however strongthey are, can hold a child in the eventof a crash.
❒ In case if an accident, replace the seatwith a new one.
Below is a summary of the rules of safetyto be followed for carrying children:
❒ The recommended position for in-stalling children’s seat is on the rearseat, as it is the most protected in thecase of a crash.
❒ If the passenger’s air bag is deactivatedalways check the instrument panelwarning light F (amber) to makesure that it has actually been deacti-vated.
❒ Attain to the instructions for fasteningthe specific child restraint system whichyou are using. These instructions mustbe provided by the manufacturer. Keepthe child restraint system installation in-structions with the car documents andthis Handbook. Never use a child re-straint system without installation in-structions.
❒ Always check the seat belt is well fas-tened by pulling the webbing.
In cars fitted with passengerair bag never place child’s re-
straint systems on the front seat sincechildren shall never be seated on thefront passenger seat.
WARNING
081-100 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:49 Pagina 90
91
CORR
ECT U
SEOF
THE C
ARW
ARNI
NGLIG
HTS A
NDME
SSAG
ES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND C
ONTR
OLS
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
S
It is possible to mount both the traditionalrestraint system and the Isofix type one,one on the left and the other on the right,for example.
Since sizes are different, it is possible toinstall max. two Isofix type seats on therear seats using the proper fastening de-vices or three traditional child’s seats se-cured by the seat belts. Only traditionalchild’s seats can be installed on front seats.
Use only Isofix type child’s seats that havebeen designed, experimented and ap-proved expressly for this car.
Mount the child restraintsystem only with the car sta-
tionary. The child restraint system isproperly anchored to the mountingbrackets when clicks are heard. In anycase, keep to the installation instruc-tions that must be provided by thechild restraint system Manufacturer.
WARNINGPRESETTINGFOR MOUNTING THE“ISOFIX TYPE” CHILDRESTRAINT SYSTEM(where provided)
Fiat Panda is created preset for mountingthe Isofix type child restraint system, anew European standardised child restraintsystem. Isofix type is an additional optionthat does not prevent from using tradi-tional child restraint systems. Isofix typechild restraint system covers three groups:0, 0+ and 1.
Due to its different anchoring system, thechild’s seat shall be anchored using theproper metal brackets set between rearseat back and cushion or in the rear seatcover, identified by slots A-fig. 13.
fig. 13 F0G0055m
081-100 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:49 Pagina 91
92
CORR
ECT U
SEOF
THE C
AR
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
IINDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND C
ONTR
OLS
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
S
FITTING THE ISOFIX TYPESEAT
0 and 0+ group
For children of this weight group (babiesup to 13 kg), the child’s seat is facing back-wards and the child restrained by thechild’s seat belts D-fig. 14.
As the child grows, passing to weightgroup 1, remove the child’s seat from thebase and refit it facing forwards.
For proper mounting proceed as follows:
❒ check whether the release lever B is atrest position (inward);
❒ find the presetting brackets A, then po-sition the child restraint system withthe fastening devices C aligned with thebrackets;
❒ push the child restraint system untilhearing locking clicks;
❒ check proper locking by moving thechild’s seat with force: the built-in safe-ty mechanism actually inhibits improp-er coupling with only one couplinglocked.
fig. 14 F0GXXXXm
GROUP 1
For proper mounting proceed as follows:
❒ check whether the release lever B-fig. 15 is at rest position (inward);
❒ find the presetting brackets A, then po-sition the child restraint system withthe fastening devices C aligned with thebrackets;
fig. 15 F0G0052m
081-100 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:49 Pagina 92
93
CORR
ECT U
SEOF
THE C
ARW
ARNI
NGLIG
HTS A
NDME
SSAG
ES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND C
ONTR
OLS
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
S
❒ push the child restraint system untilhearing locking clicks;
❒ check proper locking by moving thechild’s seat with force: the built-in safe-ty mechanism actually inhibits improp-er coupling with only one couplinglocked.
With this configuration, the child is se-cured also by the car seat belts and by theupper belts. To apply car seat belts tochild’s seat refer to the child’s seat hand-book.
AIR BAGS
The car is fitted with front air bags (forversions/markets where applicable) for thedriver and the passenger and front sidebags (side bag - window bag).
FRONT AIR BAGS
The front air bag (driver and passenger)has been designed to protect the occu-pants in the event of head-on crashes ofmedium-high severity, by placing the cush-ion between the occupant and the steer-ing wheel or dashboard.
Front air bags are designed to protectcar’s occupants in front crashes and there-fore non-activation in other types of col-lisions (side collisions, rear shunts, roll-overs, etc.) is not a system malfunction.
In case of front crash, an electronic con-trol unit, when required, triggers the in-flation of the cushion according to theseverity of the collision.
The cushion immediately inflates, placingitself as a protection between the bodyof the front occupants and the structurethat could cause injuries. Immediately af-ter, the cushion deflates.
The front air bag (driver and passenger) isnot a replacement of but complementaryto the use of belts, which should alwaysbe worn, as specified by law in Europe andmost non-European countries.
In case of crash, a person not wearing theseat belt moves forward and may come in-to contact with the cushion while it is stillinflating. Under this circumstance the pro-tection offered by the air bag is reduced.
081-100 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:49 Pagina 93
94
CORR
ECT U
SEOF
THE C
AR
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
IINDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND C
ONTR
OLS
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SThe driver’s and passenger’s front Air bagshave been designed and calibrated to im-prove the protection of a person wear-ing seat belts.
At their maximum inflation, their volumefills most of the space between the dash-board and the passenger.
In minor side crashes (for which the re-straining action of the seat belts is suffi-cient), the air bags are not deployed. Al-so in this case it is of vital importance towear the seat belts since in case of sidecrash they guarantee proper positioningof the occupant.
DRIVER’S FRONT AIR BAG fig. 16
It consists of an instant-inflating cushioncontained in a special recess in the cen-tre of the steering wheel.
Front air bag may not be activated in thefollowing situations:
❒ in collisions against highly deformableobjects not affecting the car front sur-face (e.g. bumper collision against guardrail);
❒ car wedging under other vehicles orprotective barriers (for example undera truck or guard rail);
as it offers no additional protection com-pared with the seat belts, consequently,it would be pointless. Therefore, failure tocome into action in the above circum-stances does not mean that the system isnot working properly.
fig. 16
C
HF
E
F0G0693m
Do not apply stickers or oth-er objects to the steering
wheel or to the air bag cover on thepassenger’s side or on the side rooflining. Never put objects (e.g. mobilephones) on the dashboard on pas-senger side since they could interferewith proper passenger air bag infla-tion and also cause serious injury.
WARNING
081-100 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:49 Pagina 94
95
CORR
ECT U
SEOF
THE C
ARW
ARNI
NGLIG
HTS A
NDME
SSAG
ES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND C
ONTR
OLS
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
S
MANUALLY DEACTIVATINGTHE PASSENGER’S FRONT AIR BAG
Should it be absolutely necessary to car-ry a child on the front seat, the passenger’sair bag on the car can be deactivated.
Deactivation/reactivation takes place withignition key at STOP and operating it inthe special key switch in the glovebox.
The key can be fitted and extracted inboth positions.
IMPORTANT Operate the switch onlywhen the engine is not running and the ig-nition key is removed.
PASSENGER’S FRONT AIR BAGfig. 17
It consists of an instant-inflating cushioncontained in a special recess in the dash-board; its volume is bigger than the dri-ver’s one.
fig. 17 F0G0057m
SERIOUS DANGER: Neverplace cradle child’s seats onthe front passenger seat ofcars fitted with passengerair bag. Air bag activationcould cause serious injuries,
even mortal. In the case of need, al-ways deactivate the passenger’s airbag when a child’s seat is placed onthe front seat. The front passenger’sseat shall be adjusted in the mostbackward position to prevent anycontact between child’s seat anddashboard. Even if not compulsory bylaw, you are recommended to reacti-vate the air bag immediately as soonas child transport is no longer neces-sary.
WARNING
081-100 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:49 Pagina 95
96
CORR
ECT U
SEOF
THE C
AR
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
IINDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND C
ONTR
OLS
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SSIDE AIR BAGS (Side bag - Windowbag)
SIDE BAG fig. 19
It consists of an instant inflation cushionhoused in the back rest of the front seatand has the task to increase protectionof the occupants’ chest in the event of aside crash of medium-high severity.
The key-operated switch has two posi-tions fig. 18:
❒ passenger’s front air bag activated (ONposition P): warning light F on in-strument cluster off; it is absolutely pro-hibited to carry a child on the frontseat.
❒ passenger’s front air bag deactivated(OFF position F): warning light Fon instrument cluster on; it is possibleto carry a child protected by special re-straint system on the front seat.
The warning light F on the cluster stayson permanently until the passenger’s airbag is reactivated.
Deactivation of the passenger’s front airbag does not inhibit operation of the sideair bag.
fig. 19 F0G0058mfig. 18 F0G0170m
081-100 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:49 Pagina 96
97
CORR
ECT U
SEOF
THE C
ARW
ARNI
NGLIG
HTS A
NDME
SSAG
ES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND C
ONTR
OLS
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
S
If you are having the car scrapped, havethe air bag system deactivated at a FiatDealership first. If the car changes own-ership, the new owner must be informedof the method of use of air bags and theabove warnings and also be given this“Owner Handbook”.
IMPORTANT The triggering of preten-sioners, front air bags and side bags is de-cided in a differentiated manner by theelectronic control unit, depending on thetype of crash. The failure to deploy one ormore of them does not mean that the sys-tem is not working properly.
IMPORTANT When the airbag inflates itemits a small amount of dusts. These dustsare harmless and is not the beginning ofa fire; then the unfold cushion surface andthe car interiors can be covered by a dustyremains: this dust can irritate skin andeyes. In case of contact, wash yourself us-ing neutral soap and water. Expirationdates of pyrotechnic charge and coil con-tact are indicated on the label inside theglovebox. As these dates approach, con-tact Fiat Dealership to have them re-placed.
IMPORTANT Should an accident occur inwhich any of the safety devices is activat-ed, take the car to a Fiat Dealership tohave the devices activated replaced and tohave the system checked.
All control, repair and replacement op-erations concerning the Air bags must on-ly be carried out c/o Fiat Dealership.
Never rest head, arms andelbows on the door, on the
windows and in the windowbag areato prevent possible injuries during in-flation phase.
WARNING
Never put head, arms and el-bows out of window.
WARNING
WINDOW BAG fig. 20
They are “curtain” cushions located be-hind the side coverings of the roof andcovered by proper finishings, studied forthe head protection to offer the best pro-tection to the front and rear occupantsin the event of side crash, thanks to thewide cushion inflation surface.
IMPORTANT In the event of side crash,you can obtain the best protection by thesystem keeping a correct position on theseat, allowing thus a correct window bagunfolding.
IMPORTANT The front air bags and/orside bags may be deployed if the car is sub-ject to heavy knocks or accidents involv-ing the underbody area, such as for ex-ample violent shocks, against steps, kerbsor low obstacles, falling of the car in bigholes or sags in the road.
fig. 20 F0G0059m
081-100 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:49 Pagina 97
98
CORR
ECT U
SEOF
THE C
AR
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
IINDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND C
ONTR
OLS
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SGENERAL WARNINGS
If when turning the key toMAR the warning light ¬
does not turn on or if it stays on whentravelling there could be a failure insafety systems; in this event air bagsor pretensioners could not trigger incase of impact or, in a minor num-ber of cases, they could trigger acci-dentally. Contact Fiat Dealership im-mediately to have the systemchecked.
WARNING
Do not cover the backrest offront seats with trims or cov-
ers that are not suitable to be usedwith side bags.
WARNING
Never travel with objects onyour lap, in front of your
chest or with a pipe, pencil, etc. be-tween your lips; injury may result inthe event of the air bag being trig-gered.
WARNING
Always keep your hands onthe steering wheel rim when
driving, so that if the air bag is trig-gered, it can inflate without meetingany obstacles which could cause seri-ous harm to you. Do not drive withthe body bent forwards, keep the seatback rest in the erect position andlean your back well against it.
WARNING
Remember that with the keyengaged and at MAR, even if
the engine is not running, the air bagsmay be triggered on a stationary carif it is bumped by another moving car.Therefore, never seat children on thefront seat even when the car is sta-tionary. On the other hand remem-ber that if the key is at STOP, no safe-ty system (air bags or pretensioners)is triggered in the event of an impact;in this case, failure to come into ac-tion cannot be considered as a signthat the system is not working prop-erly.
WARNING
If the car has been stolen oran attempt to steal it has
been made, if it has been subjected tovandals or floods, have the air bagsystem checked by Fiat Dealership.
WARNING
081-100 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:49 Pagina 98
99
CORR
ECT U
SEOF
THE C
ARW
ARNI
NGLIG
HTS A
NDME
SSAG
ES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND C
ONTR
OLS
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
S
Do not wash the seat backrest with pressurised water
or steam (by hand or at automaticseat washing stations).
WARNING
The front air bag is triggeredfor shocks greater in magni-
tude that the pretensioners. For im-pacts between these two thresholds,it is therefore normal that only thepretensioners are triggered.
WARNING
Do not hook rigid objects tothe coat hooks and to the
support handles.
WARNING
The air bag does not substi-tute the seat belts, but only
increases their effectiveness. More-over, since the front air bags do notcome into operation in the event offront impact at low speed, side colli-sions, bumps from behind or over-turning, in these circumstances theoccupants would only be protectedby the seat belts which must thereforealways be fastened.
WARNING
When the ignition key isturned to the MAR position,
the warning light F (with passen-ger’s front air bag deactivation switchin the ON position) turns on andflashes for few seconds to remind thatthe passenger’s air bag will be de-ployed in a crash, after which itshould go off.
WARNING
081-100 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:49 Pagina 99
113-122 Panda New SPA 26-06-2007 11:07 Pagina 122
101
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND C
ONTR
OLS
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF
THE C
AR
STARTING THE ENGINE ................................................. 102
PARKING................................................................................ 104
USING THE MANUAL GEARBOX.................................. 105
CONTAINING RUNNING COSTS................................. 106
TOWING TRAILERS............................................................ 107
SNOW TYRES ....................................................................... 111
SNOW CHAINS ................................................................... 111
CAR INACTIVITY................................................................. 112
CCCOORRRREECCTT UUSSEE OOFF TTHHEE CCAARR
101-112 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:50 Pagina 101
STARTING PROCEDUREFOR PETROL VERSIONS
Proceed as follows:
❒ ensure that the handbrake is up;
❒ put the gear lever in neutral;
❒ press the clutch pedal down to thefloor without touching the accelerator;
❒ turn the ignition key to AVV and letit go the moment the engine starts.
If the engine does not start at the first at-tempt, return the ignition key to STOPbefore repeating starting.
If, when the ignition key is at MAR, warn-ing light Y remains lit together withwarning light U turn the key to STOPSTOP and then back to MAR; if the warn-ing light remains on, try with the otherkeys provided with the car.
If you are still unable to start the engine,perform the emergency start-up proce-dure (see “Emergency start-up” in “In anemergency” chapter) and contact FiatDealership.
STARTING THE ENGINE
The car is fitted with an electronic enginelock device: if the engine fails to start, seethe paragraph “The Fiat CODE system” insection “Dashboard and controls”.
The engine may be noisier than usual dur-ing the first seconds of operation, espe-cially after it has not been used for a while.This characteristic feature of the hydraulictappet system does not compromise func-tionality or reliability: the system devisedfor the Fiat Panda was designed to limitmaintenance interventions.
102
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND C
ONTR
OLS
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF
THE C
AR
We recommend that duringthe initial period you do notdrive to full car performance(e.g.: excessive acceleration,
long journeys at top speed, sharp brak-ing, etc.).
When the engine is switchedoff never leave the ignitionkey in the MAR position toprevent pointless current ab-
sorption from draining the battery.
Running the engine in con-fined areas is extremely dan-
gerous. The engine consumes oxygenand produces carbon monoxidewhich is a highly toxic and lethal gas.
WARNING
Remember that the servo-brake and power steering
are not operational until the enginehas been started, therefore much ef-fort than usual is required on thebrake pedal and steering wheel.
WARNING
101-112 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:50 Pagina 102
If the engine does not start at the first at-tempt, return the ignition key to STOPbefore repeating starting.
If, when the ignition key is at MAR, warn-ing light Y remains lit, turn the key toSTOP and then back to MAR; if thewarning light remains on, try with the oth-er keys provided with the car.
If you still cannot start the engine, contactFiat Dealership.
HOW TO WARM UP THEENGINE AFTER IT HAS JUSTSTARTED
Proceed as follows:
❒ Drive off slowly, letting the engine turnat medium revs. Do not accelerateabruptly;
❒ Do not drive at full performance for theinitial kilometres. Wait until the coolanttemperature gauge starts moving.
EMERGENCY START-UP
If the instrument panel warning light Ystays on with fixed light, the emergencystart-up can be performed by using theCODE card code (see section “In anemergency”).
STARTING PROCEDURE FOR DIESEL VERSIONS
Proceed as follows:
❒ Ensure that the handbrake is up;
❒ Put the gear lever into neutral;
❒ Turn the ignition key to MAR: thewarning lights m and Y on the in-strument panel will turn on;
❒ Wait for the warning lights Y andm to turn off. The hotter the engineis, the quicker this will happen;
❒ Press the clutch pedal down to thefloor without touching the accelerator;
❒ Turn the ignition key to AVV as soonas warning light m goes out. If youwait too long you will lose the benefitof the work done by the glow plugs.
Release the key as soon as the enginestarts.
IMPORTANT With cold engine, the ac-celerator pedal shall be completely re-leased while turning the ignition key toAVV.
103
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND C
ONTR
OLS
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF
THE C
AR
The warning light m willflash for 60 seconds at start-up or during prolonged crank-ing to indicate a fault in the
glow plug heating system. You can usethe car as usual if the engine starts butyou should contact Fiat Dealership assoon as possible.
Never bump start the engineby pushing, towing or coast-ing downhill. These opera-tions could cause fuel to flow
into the catalytic exhaust system anddamage it beyond repair.
101-112 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:50 Pagina 103
PARKING
Proceed as follows:
❒ Stop the engine and engage the hand-brake;
❒ engage a gear (1st if the car is faced up-hill or reverse if it is faced downhill) andleave the wheels steered.
Block the wheels with a wedge or a stoneif the car is parked on a steep slope.
Do not leave the ignition key at MAR toprevent draining the battery, always re-move the ignition key when leaving thecar.
Never leave children unattended in thecar. Always remove the ignition key whenleaving the car and take it out with you.
HANDBRAKE fig. 1
The handbrake lever is located betweenthe two front seats.
Pull the handbrake lever upwards until thecar cannot be moved.
Four or five clicks are generally enoughwhen the car is on level ground while nineor ten may be required if the car is on asteep slope or laden.
IMPORTANT If this is not the case, con-tact Fiat Dealership to have the handbrakeadjusted.
When the handbrake lever is pulled upand the ignition key is at MAR, the in-strument panel warning light x will turnon.
STOPPING THE ENGINE
Turn the ignition to STOP while the en-gine is idling.
IMPORTANT After taxing drive, youshould allow the engine to “catch itsbreath” before turning it off by letting itidle to allow the temperature in the en-gine compartment to fall.
fig. 1 F0G0037m
104
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND C
ONTR
OLS
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF
THE C
AR
A quick burst on the acceler-ator before turning off the en-gine serves absolutely nopractical purpose, it wastes
fuel and is damaging especially to tur-bocharged engines.
101-112 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:50 Pagina 104
USING THE MANUALGEARBOX
To engage the gears, press the clutch ped-al fully and shift the gear lever into one ofthe required positions (the diagram isshown on the knob fig. 2).
IMPORTANT The car can only be put in-to reverse gear when it has stopped mov-ing completely. With the engine running,before engaging the reverse, wait at least2 seconds with the clutch pedal fully downto prevent damage and grating of thegears.
To engage reverse R from neutral, lift thesliding ring A under the knob and shift thelever to the right and back.
To release the handbrake:
❒ slightly lift the handbrake and press re-lease button A;
❒ keep button A pressed and lower thelever. Warning light x will turn off.
Press the brake pedal when carrying outthis operation to prevent the car frommoving accidentally.
fig. 2 F0G0060m
105
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND C
ONTR
OLS
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF
THE C
AR
To change gears properlyyou must push the clutch
pedal fully down. It is therefore es-sential that there is nothing under thepedals: make sure the mats are lyingflat and do not get in the way of thepedals.
WARNING
Do not drive with your handresting on the gear lever asthe force exerted, even ifslight, could lead over time to
premature wear on the gearbox inter-nal components.
101-112 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:50 Pagina 105
Accessories installed onlongitudinal bars
Remove accessories like: roof racks, skiracks, luggage container, etc. from the roofas soon as they are no longer used. Theseaccessories lower air penetration and ad-versely affect consumption levels. Whenneeding to carry particularly voluminousobjects, preferably use a trailer.
Electric devices
Use electric devices only for the amountof time needed. Rear heated window, ad-ditional headlights, windscreen wipers andheater fan need a considerable amount ofenergy, therefore increasing the require-ment of current increases fuel consump-tion (up to +25% in the urban cycle).
Climate control
The air conditioner is an additional loadwhich greatly affects the engine leading tohigher consumption (on average up to+20%). When the temperature outsidethe car permits it, use the air vents wherepossible.
Spoilers
The use of non-certified aerodynamicitems may adversely affect air drag andconsumption levels.
DRIVING STYLE
Starting
Do not warm the engine with the car ata standstill or at idle or high speed: underthese conditions the engine warms upmuch more slowly, increasing electricalconsumption and emissions. It is thereforeadvisable to move off immediately, slow-ly, avoiding high speeds: this way the en-gine will warm faster.
Unnecessary actions
Avoid accelerating when waiting at trafficlights or before switching off the engine.This and also double declutching is ab-solutely pointless on modern cars and al-so increases consumption and pollution.
Gear selection
As soon as the conditions of the traffic androad allow, use a higher gear. Using a lowgear to obtain brilliant performance in-creases consumption.
In the same way improper use of a highgear increases consumption, emissions anengine wear.
CONTAININGRUNNING COSTS
Some useful tips are given below for fuelsaving and reducing harmful emissions ofCO2 and other pollutants (nitrogen ox-ides, unburnt hydrocarbons, ParticulateMatter (PM) etc.).
GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS
Car maintenance
Have checks and adjustments carried outin accordance with the “Service schedule”.
Tyres
Check the pressure of the tyres routine-ly at an interval of no more than 4 weeks:if the pressure is too low, consumptionlevels increase as resistance to rolling ishigher.
Unnecessary loads
Do not travel with too much luggagestowed in the boot. The weight of the car(especially when driving in town) and itstrim greatly affects consumption and sta-bility.
106
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND C
ONTR
OLS
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF
THE C
AR
101-112 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:50 Pagina 106
CONDITIONS OF USE
Cold starting
Short journeys and frequent cold starts donot allow the engine to reach optimum op-erating temperature. This results in a sig-nificant increase in consumption levels(from +15 to +30% on the urban cycle)and emission of harmful substances.
Traffic situations and roadconditions
Rather high consumption levels are tied tosituations with heavy traffic, for examplein queues with frequent use of the lowergears or in cities with many traffic lights.Also winding mountain roads and roughroad surfaces adversely affect consump-tion.
Traffic hold-ups
During prolonged hold-ups (level crossings)the engine should be switched off.
TOWING TRAILERS
IMPORTANT NOTES
For towing caravans or trailers the carmust be fitted with a certified tow hookand an adequate electric system. Installa-tion should be carried out by specialisedpersonnel who release a special documentfor circulation on the road.
Install any specific and/or additional rear-view mirrors as specified by law.
Remember that when towing a trailer,steep hills are harder to climb, the brak-ing spaces increase and overtaking takeslonger depending on the overall weight.
Engage a low gear when driving downhill,rather than constantly using the brake.
The weight the trailer exerts on the cartow hook reduces by the same amountthe actual car loading capacity. To makesure the maximum towable weight is notexceeded (given in the log book) accountshould be taken of the fully laden trailer,including accessories and personal be-longings.
Top speed
Fuel consumption considerably increaseswith speed. Avoid superfluous braking andaccelerating, which cost in terms of bothfuel and emissions.
Acceleration
Accelerating violently increasing the revswill greatly affect consumption and emis-sions: acceleration should be gradual.
107
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND C
ONTR
OLS
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF
THE C
AR
101-112 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:50 Pagina 107
INSTALLING THE TOW HOOK
The towing device should be fastened tothe body by specialised personnel accord-ing to any additional and/or integrative in-formation supplied by the Manufacturer ofthe device.
The towing device must meet current reg-ulations with reference to 94/20/CEE Di-rective and subsequent amendments.
For any version the towing device usedmust match the towable weight of the caron which it is to be installed.
For the electric connection a unified con-nector should be used which is generallyplaced on a special bracket normally fas-tened to the towing device, and a specialECU for external trailer light control shallbe installed on the car.
For the electric connection, a 7 pin12VDC connection is to be used (CU-NA/UNI and ISO/DIN Standards). Followthe instructions provided by the car man-ufacturer and/or the tow hitch manufac-turer.
An electric brake should be supplied di-rectly by the battery through a cable witha cross section of no less than 2.5 mm2.
IMPORTANT Electric brake or other de-vice shall be used with running engine.
In addition to the electrical branches, thecar electric system can only be connect-ed to the supply cable for an electric brakeand to the cable for an internal light,though not above 15W.
For connections use a preset control unitwith battery cable no less than 2.5 mm2.
Do not exceed the speed limits of thecountry you are driving in. In any case donot exceed 100 km/h.
108
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND C
ONTR
OLS
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF
THE C
AR
The ABS system with whichthe car may be fitted does
not control the trailer braking system.Therefore be cautious on slipperyroads.
WARNING
Under no circumstancesshould the car brake system
be altered to control the trailer brake.The trailer braking system must befully independent of the car’s hy-draulic system.
WARNING
101-112 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:50 Pagina 108
Assembly diagram fig. 3
The tow hook structure must be fastenedin the points shown by letters “a-b-c-d”using a total of 4 M10 screws.
The hook should be fastened to the bodyavoiding any type of drilling and trimmingof the rear bumpers that remains visiblewhen the hook is removed.
IMPORTANT It is compulsory to fasten alabel (plainly visible) of suitable size and ma-terial with the following wording:
MAX LOAD ON BALL 60 kg
After fitting, screw holes shall be sealed toprevent an exhaust gas inlet.
109
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND C
ONTR
OLS
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF
THE C
AR
fig. 3 F0G0225m
Rear
axl
e
Full
load
Standard tow ball
101-112 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:50 Pagina 109
Assembly diagram fig. 4
The tow hook structure must be fastenedin the points shown by the symbol Ø us-ing a total of 4 M8 screws and 2 M12screws.
The internal counterplates 1 are to be atleast 6 mm thick. The hook should be fas-tened to the body avoiding any type ofdrilling and trimming of the rear bumpersthat remains visible when the hook is re-moved.
IMPORTANT It is compulsory to fasten alabel (plainly visible) of suitable size andmaterial with the following wording:
MAX LOAD ON BALL 60 kg
After fitting, screw holes shall be sealed toprevent an exhaust gas inlet.
110
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND C
ONTR
OLS
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF
THE C
AR
fig. 4 F0G0226m
Exist
ing
hole
Exist
ing
hole
Exist
ing
hole
Exist
ing
hole
Stan
dard
tow
bal
l
Exist
ing
scre
w
Exist
ing
scre
w
101-112 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:50 Pagina 110
IMPORTANT When snow tyres are usedwith a max speed index below the onethat can be reached by the car (increasedby 5%), place a notice in the passenger’scompartment, plainly in the driver’s viewwhich states the max permissible speed ofthe snow tyres (as per EC Directive).
All four tyres should be the same (brandand track) to ensure greater safety whendriving and braking and better driveabili-ty.
Remember that it is inappropriate tochange the direction of rotation of tyres.
SNOW CHAINS
Use of snow chains should be in compli-ance with local regulations.
Snow chains should only be applied to thedriving wheels (front wheels).
Check the tension of the chains after dri-ving some ten metres.
IMPORTANT Snow chains cannot be fit-ted to the space saver spare wheel. So, ifa front (drive) wheel is punctured andchains are needed, a rear wheel should befitted to the front of the car and the sparewheel should be fitted to the rear. Thisway with two normal drive wheels, snowchains can be fitted to them to solve anemergency.
SNOW TYRES
Use snow tyres of the same size as thenormal tyres provided with the car.
Fiat Dealership will be happy to provideadvice concerning the most suitable typeof tyre for the customer’s requirements.
For the type of tyre to be used, inflationpressures and the specifications of snowtyres, follow the instructions given in para-graph “Wheels” in section “Technicalspecifications”.
The winter features of these tyres are re-duced considerably when the tread depthis below 4 mm. In this case, they shouldbe replaced.
Due to the snow tyre features, under nor-mal conditions of use or on long motor-way journeys, the performance of thesetyres is lower than that of normal tyres. Itis therefore necessary to limit their use tothe purposes for which they are certified.
111
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND C
ONTR
OLS
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF
THE C
AR
The max speed for snowtyres with “Q” marking is
160 km/h. The Road Traffic Codespeed limits must however be alwaysstrictly observed.
WARNING
Keep your speed down whensnow chains are fitted; do notexceed 50 km/h. Avoid pot-holes, steps and pavements
and avoid also to drive for long dis-tances on roads not covered with snowto prevent damaging the car and theroadbed.
101-112 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:50 Pagina 111
❒ clean and protect the shiny metal partsusing special compounds readily avail-able;
❒ sprinkle talcum powder on the rubberwindscreen and rear window wiperblades and lift them off the glass;
❒ slightly open the windows;
❒ cover the car with a cloth or perforat-ed plastic sheet. Do not use sheets ofnon-perforated plastic as they do notallow moisture on the car body toevaporate;
❒ inflate tyres to +0,5 bar above the nor-mal specified pressure and check it atintervals;
❒ if you don’t disconnect the battery fromthe electric system, check its chargeevery month and recharge it if the op-tical indicator shows a dark colourwithout the central green area;
❒ do not drain the engine cooling system.
CAR INACTIVITY
If the car is to be left inactive for longerthan a month, the following precautionsshould be noted:
❒ park the car in covered, dry and if pos-sible well-ventilated premises;
❒ engage a gear;
❒ check that the handbrake is not en-gaged;
❒ disconnect the battery negative termi-nal and check the battery charge. Thischeck is to be repeated every threemonths. Recharge if the optical indica-tor shows a dark colour without thecentral green area;
❒ clean and protect the painted parts us-ing protective wax;
112
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND C
ONTR
OLS
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF
THE C
AR
101-112 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:50 Pagina 112
113
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND C
ONTR
OLS
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
GENERAL WARNINGS ..................................................... 114
LOW BRAKE FLUID ............................................................ 114
HANDBRAKE ON................................................................ 114
AIR BAG FAILURE................................................................ 114
FRONT PASSENGER AIR BAG DEACTIVATED.......... 115
HIGH TEMPERATURE ENGINE COOLANT FLUID ............................................. 115
LOW BATTERY CHARGE ................................................. 116
INEFFICIENT ABS SYSTEM ................................................ 116
INEFFICIENT EBD ELECTRONIC BRAKING DISTRIBUTOR ...................................................................... 116
LOW ENGINE OIL PRESSURE.......................................... 116
EXHAUSTED OIL ................................................................ 116
“DUALDRIVE” ELECTRIC POWER STEERING FAILURE............................................................. 117
INCOMPLETE DOOR LOCKING.................................... 117
INJECTION SYSTEM FAILURE (MULTIJET VERSIONS) ...................................................... 117
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM FAILURE EOBD (PETROL VERSIONS) ......... 117
DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER CLOGGED ................. 118
FUEL RESERVE....................................................................... 118
GLOW PLUGS....................................................................... 118
GLOW PLUG WARMING FAILURE ............................... 118
WATER IN DIESEL FUEL FILTER ..................................... 119
CAR PROTECTION SYSTEM FAILURE -FIAT CODE ........................................................................... 119
HEATED REAR WINDOW .............................................. 119
EXTERNAL LIGHT FAILURE............................................. 119
REAR FOGLIGHTS............................................................... 119
GENERIC FAILURE INDICATION ................................. 120
ENGINE OIL PRESSURE SENSOR FAILURE ................. 120
WATER IN DIESEL FUEL FILTER .................................... 120
INERTIAL FUEL CUT-OFF SWITCH INTERVENED ..................................................... 120
ESP SYSTEM FAILURE ........................................................ 120
HILL HOLDER FAILURE .................................................... 120
SIDELIGHTS AND LOW BEAMS ..................................... 120
FOLLOW ME HOME........................................................... 120
FRONT FOG LIGHTS.......................................................... 120
LEFT-HAND DIRECTION INDICATOR........................ 121
RIGHT-HAND DIRECTION INDICATOR.................... 121
“DUALDRIVE” ELECTRIC POWERSTEERING .............................................................................. 121
MAIN BEAM HEADLIGHTS............................................... 121
POSSIBLE PRESENCE OF ICE ON THE ROAD ........... 121
SPEED LIMIT EXCEEDED ................................................. 121
LIMITED RANGE ................................................................. 121
ASR SYSTEM ......................................................................... 121
WWWAARRNNIINNGG LLIIGGHHTTSS AANNDD MMEESSSSAAGGEESS
113-122 Panda New GB 26-06-2007 11:04 Pagina 113
114
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND C
ONTR
OLS
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
WARNING LIGHTSAND MESSAGES
GENERAL WARNINGSTurning on of warning light is accompa-nied by specific message and/or by buzzersound where provided by instrument pan-el. These indications are concise andcautionary and shall not be consideredas exhaustive and/or as an alternative tothe specifications contained in this Own-er Handbook which shall always be readthrough carefully and thoroughly. In caseof failure indication always refer to thespecifications contained in this sec-tion.IMPORTANT Failure indications displayedare divided into two categories: very se-rious and less serious failures.Very serious failures are indicated by arepeated and prolonged warning “cycle”.Less serious failures are indicated by a lim-ited warning “cycle”.The warning cycle of both failure classescan be stopped by pressing buttonMODE. The instrument panel warninglight will stay on until eliminating the fault.As concerns messages relevant to the ver-sions equipped with Dualogic gearbox, seethe attached Supplement.
LOW BRAKE FLUIDLEVEL (red)
HANDBRAKE ON (red)
Turning the ignition key to MAR thewarning light turns on, but it should go offafter few seconds.
Low brake fluid level
The warning light turns on when the lev-el of the brake fluid in the reservoir fallsbelow the minimum level, due to possi-ble leak in the circuit.
On certain versions the dedicated messageis displayed.
x
If the warning light x turnson when travelling (on cer-
tain versions together with the mes-sage on the display) stop the car im-mediately and contact Fiat Dealer-ship.
WARNING
Handbrake on
The warning light turns on when the hand-brake is on.
On certain versions, if the car is movingthe buzzer will also sound.
IMPORTANT If the warning light turns onwhen travelling, check that the handbrakeis not engaged.
AIR BAG FAILURE (red)
Turning the ignition key toMAR the warning light turns on, but itshould go off after few seconds.
The warning light stays on glowing steadi-ly if there is a failure in the air bag system.
On certain versions the dedicated messageis displayed.
¬
113-122 Panda New GB 26-06-2007 11:04 Pagina 114
115
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND C
ONTR
OLS
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
If when turning the ignitionkey to MAR, the warning
light ¬ does not turn on or stays onwhen travelling there could be a fail-ure in safety systems; in this event airbags or pretensioners could not trig-ger in case of impact or, in a minornumber of cases, they could triggeraccidentally. Contact Fiat Dealershipimmediately to have the systemchecked.
WARNING
The failure of the warninglight ¬ (warning light off) is
also indicated by the flashing formore than the normal 4 seconds ofthe passenger’s front air bag deacti-vated warning light F.
WARNING
FRONT PASSENGER’SAIR BAGDEACTIVATED(amber)
Warning light F comes on when frontpassenger’s air bag is deactivated.
With front passenger’s air bag on, turn-ing the ignition key to MAR, warning lightF comes on steadily for about 4 sec-onds, it flashes for other 4 seconds andthen it shall go off.
F
Warning light F indicatesalso warning light ¬ failures.
This is indicated by intermittent flash-ing, over 4 seconds, of warning lightF. In this event warning light ¬ in-dicates that there could be a failurein safety systems. Contact Fiat Deal-ership immediately to have the sys-tem checked.
WARNING
HIGH TEMPERATUREENGINE COOLANTFLUID (red)
Turning the ignition key to MAR thewarning light turns on, but it should go offafter few seconds.
The warning light turns on when the en-gine is overheated.
If the warning light comes on when dri-ving, proceed as follows:
❒ normal driving conditions: stopthe car, switch off the engine andcheck whether the water level in thereservoir is not below the MIN mark.Otherwise wait for few seconds to al-low the engine cooling, then openslowly and carefully the cap, top upcoolant and check whether its level isfalling between MIN and MAX marksin the reservoir. Check visually anyleak. If, when restarting, the warninglight comes on again, contact a FiatDealership.
ç
113-122 Panda New GB 26-06-2007 11:04 Pagina 115
116
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND C
ONTR
OLS
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
❒ Car heavy duty (e.g.: towing traileruphill of fully laden car): decreasespeed, if the warning light stays on,stop the car. Wait for 2 or 3 minutesleaving the engine on and slightly ac-celerated to further activate the cir-culation of the coolant fluid, thenswitch the engine off. Check propercoolant level as described previously.
IMPORTANT Under severe use of thecar, keep the engine on and slightly accel-erated for few minutes before switching itoff.
On certain versions the dedicated messageis displayed.
LOW BATTERYCHARGE (red)
Turning the ignition key toMAR the warning light turns on, but itshould go out as soon as the engine isstarted (with the engine running at idlespeed a brief delay in going out is allowed).
If it stays on, contact immediately FiatDealership.
w
INEFFICIENT ABSSYSTEM (amber)
Turning the ignition key toMAR the warning light turns on, but itshould go off after few seconds.
The warning light turns on when the sys-tem is inefficient or unavailable. In this casethe braking system keeps its effectivenessunchanged, but without the potential of-fered by the ABS system. Caution is ad-visable and it is necessary to contact FiatDealership.
On certain versions the dedicated messageis displayed.
>
INEFFICIENTEBDELECTRONICBRAKING
DISTRIBUTOR (red) (amber)
The turning on at the same time of warn-ing lights x and > with the engine run-ning indicates an EBD system failure orthat the system is unavailable; in this caseheavy braking may cause the rear wheelsto lock before time, with the possibility ofskidding. Drive with the utmost care tothe nearest Fiat Dealership to have thesystem checked.
On certain versions the dedicated messageis displayed.
x >
LOW ENGINE OILPRESSURE (red)
EXHAUSTED OIL (red)(Multijet versions withDPF)
Low engine oil pressure
Turning the ignition key to MAR thewarning light turns on, but it should go outas soon as the engine is started.
On certain versions the dedicated messageis displayed.
v
If the warning light vturns on when the car is trav-
elling (on certain versions togetherwith the message on the display) stopthe engine immediately and contacta Fiat Dealership.
WARNING
Exhausted oil
The warning light with turn on flashing to-gether with the message on the displaywhen the system detects that the engineoil is exhausted.
After the first indication, at each enginestarting the warning light v will go onflashing for about 60 seconds and thenevery 2 hours until oil is changed.
113-122 Panda New GB 26-06-2007 11:04 Pagina 116
117
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND C
ONTR
OLS
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
In these conditions it is possible to con-tinue driving without however requiringheavy effort or high speed from the en-gine. Contact Fiat Dealership as soon aspossible.
EOBD engine control systemfailure
Under normal conditions, turning the ig-nition key to MAR, the warning light turnson, but it should go out as soon as the en-gine is started. The initial turning on indi-cates that the warning light is working prop-erly. If the warning light stays on or turnson when travelling:
❒ glowing steadily: means a fault in thesupply/ignition system which couldcause high emissions at the exhaust,possible lack of performance, poorhandling and high consumption levels.
On certain versions the dedicated mes-sage is displayed.
In these conditions it is possible to con-tinue driving without however requiringheavy effort or high speed from the en-gine. Prolonged use of the car with thewarning light on may cause damages. Con-tact Fiat Dealership as soon as possible.The warning light goes off if the fault dis-appears, but it is still stored by the system.
❒ flashing: indicates the possibility ofdamage to the catalyst (see “EOBDsystem” in section “Dashboard andcontrols”).
INJECTION SYSTEM FAILURE (Multijet versions -amber)
EOBD ENGINECONTROL SYSTEM FAILURE(petrol versions - amber)
Injection system failure
Under normal conditions, turning the ig-nition key to MAR, the warning light turnson but it should go off after engine start-ing.
If the warning light stays on or turns onwhen travelling, means a fault in the sup-ply/ignition system which could cause highemissions at the exhaust, possible lack ofperformance, poor handling and high con-sumption levels.
On certain versions the dedicated messageis displayed.
U
INCOMPLETE DOORLOCKING (red)
On certain versions the warn-ing light turns on when one or
more doors or the tailgate are not prop-erly shut.
On certain versions the dedicated messageis displayed.
A buzzer will sound (only for versions withreconfigurable multifunction display) whendoors are open and the car is moving.
´
“DUALDRIVE”ELECTRIC POWERSTEERING FAILURE(red)
Turning the ignition key to MAR thewarning light turns on, but it should go offafter few seconds.
If the warning light stays on, you will nothave the steering assistance and the efforton the steering wheel will be increased,steering is however possible. Contact Fi-at Dealership.
On certain versions the dedicated messageis displayed.
g
If warning light v flash-es, contact Fiat Dealership
immediately to have oil changed andinstrument panel warning light turnedoff.
WARNING
113-122 Panda New GB 26-06-2007 11:04 Pagina 117
118
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND C
ONTR
OLS
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
If, turning the ignition key toMAR, the warning light Udoes not turn on or if it turnson glowing steadily or flash-
ing when travelling (on certain versionstogether with the message on the dis-play), contact Fiat Dealership as soonas possible. Warning light Uoperationcan be checked by traffic agents byproper equipment. Comply with lawsand regulations of the country whereyou are driving. ç
FUEL RESERVE(amber)
Turning the ignition key toMAR the warning light turns on, but itshould go off after few seconds.
The warning light turns on when about 5litres fuel are left in the tank.
IMPORTANT The warning light flashes toindicate a failure, contact Fiat Dealershipas soon as possible to have the systemchecked.
GLOW PLUGWARMING (Multijet versions - amber)
GLOW PLUG WARMINGFAILURE (Multijet versions - amber)
Glow plug warming
Turning the ignition key to MAR, thewarning light turns on and it will turn offwhen glow plugs reach the preset tem-perature. Start the engine immediately af-ter warning light switching off.
IMPORTANT With hot ambient temper-ature, warning light stays on for very shorttime.
Glow plug warming failure
The warning light turns on when there isa failure in the glow plug warming system.Contact Fiat Dealership as soon as possi-ble.
On certain versions the dedicated messageis displayed.
m
If the light flashes, it is necessary to releasethe accelerator pedal to lower the speedof the engine until the warning light stopsflashing; continue the journey at moder-ate speed, trying to avoid driving condi-tions that may cause further flashing andcontact Fiat Dealership as soon as possi-ble.
DIESEL PARTICULATEFILTER CLOGGED(1.3 Multijet versions
75 HP - amber)
Turning the ignition key to MAR thewarning light turns on, but it should go offafter few seconds. The warning light turns on when the dieselparticulate filter is clogged and the drivingconditions do not enable to activate au-tomatically the reclaiming procedure.
To enable reclaiming, i.e. cleaning the fil-ter, keep the car running until the warn-ing light turns off.The display will show the dedicated mes-sage.
h
113-122 Panda New GB 26-06-2007 11:04 Pagina 118
119
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND C
ONTR
OLS
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
WATER IN DIESELFUEL FILTER (Multijetversions - amber)
Turning the ignition key to MAR thewarning light turns on, but it should go offafter few seconds.
The warning light c turns on when thereis water in the diesel fuel filter. On certainversions warning light è will turn on.
On certain versions the dedicated mes-sage is displayed.
c
The presence of water in thefuel circuit may cause seriousdamage to the entire injec-tion system and cause irreg-
ular engine operation. If the warninglight c turns on (on certain versionsthe warning light è together with themessage on the display) contact FiatDealership as soon as possible to havethe system relieved. If the above indi-cations come on immediately after re-fuelling, water has probably beenpoured into the tank: turn the engineoff immediately and contact Fiat Deal-ership.
EXTERNAL LIGHTFAILURE (amber)
The warning light turns onwhen one of the following lights is failing: – side/taillights– brake lights (third brake light excluded)– rear fog lights– direction indicators– number plate lights.The failure referring to these lights couldbe: one or more blown bulbs, a blownprotection fuse or an electric connectioncut-off.
The dedicated message is displayed.
W
REAR FOG LIGHTS(amber)
The warning light turns onwhen the rear fog lights are turned on.
HEATED REARWINDOW (amber)
The warning light turns onwhen switching the heated rear windowon.
4
(
CAR PROTECTIONSYSTEM FAILURE -FIAT CODE(amber)
Turning the key to MAR the warning lightshall flash only once and then go off.
If with the ignition key at MAR, the warn-ing light stays on, this indicates a possiblefailure (see “Fiat Code system” in section“Dashboard and controls”).
IMPORTANT The turning on at the sametime of the U and Y warning lights in-dicates a failure of the Fiat CODE system.
If with the engine running the warning lightY flashes, this means that the car is notprotected by the engine inhibitor device(see “Fiat Code system” in section “Dash-board and controls”).
Contact Fiat Dealership to have all the keymemorised.
Y
113-122 Panda New GB 26-06-2007 11:04 Pagina 119
SIDE/TAILLIGHTS AND LOW BEAMS(green)
FOLLOW ME HOME(green)
Side/taillights and low beams
The warning light turns on when side/tail-lights or low beams are turned on.
Follow me home
The warning light will turn when this de-vice is active (see “Follow me home” insection “Dashboard and controls”).
The display will show the dedicated mes-sage.
3
120
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND C
ONTR
OLS
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
ESP SYSTEM FAILURE(amber)
Turning the ignition key toMAR the warning light comes on but shallgo off after few seconds.
If the warning light does not go off or stayson when travelling together with the but-ton led ASR OFF, contact Fiat Dealer-ship.
On certain versions the dedicated mes-sage is displayed.
Note Warning light flashing when drivingindicates that the ESP system is active.
á
HILL HOLDER FAILURE(amber)
Turning the ignition key toMAR the warning light comes on but shallgo off after few seconds.
The warning light will turn on when theHill Holder system is faulty. Contact FiatDealership as soon as possible .
On certain versions the dedicated mes-sage is displayed.
*
GENERIC FAILUREINDICATION (amber)
The warning light turns on in the follow-ing circumstances.
Engine oil pressure sensor failure
The warning light comes on when the en-gine oil pressure sensor is faulty. ContactFiat Dealership as soon as possible.
Water in diesel fuel filter
See what described for warning light c.
Inertial fuel cut-off switchintervened
The warning light comes on when the in-ertial fuel cut-off switch is triggered.
The display will show the dedicated mes-sage.
è
113-122 Panda New GB 26-06-2007 11:04 Pagina 120
FRONT FOG LIGHTS(green)
The warning light turns onwhen the front fog lights are turned on.
5
LEFT-HANDDIRECTIONINDICATOR (green -intermittent)
The warning light turns on when the di-rection indicator control lever is moveddownwards or, together with the right in-dicator, when the hazard warning lightbutton is pressed.
F
RIGHT-HANDDIRECTIONINDICATOR (green -intermittent)
The warning light turns on when the di-rection indicator control lever is movedupwards or, together with the left indica-tor, when the hazard warning light buttonis pressed.
D
“DUALDRIVE”ELECTRIC POWERSTEERINGACTIVATION (green)
The indication CITY will turn on when en-gaging the “Dualdrive” electric powersteering by pressing the relevant button.The indication CITY will turn off whenpressing the button again.
CITY
MAIN BEAMS (blue)
The warning light turns onwhen the main beams are
turned on.
1
SPEED LIMIT EXCEEDED
The display will show the dedicated mes-sage when the car exceeds the set speedlimit (see “Multifunction Display” in sec-tion “Dashboard and controls”).
LIMITED RANGE(versions with reconfigurablemultifunction display)
The display will show the dedicated mes-sage to warn the driver that the cruisingrange is less than 50 km.
ASR SYSTEM (versions with recon-figurable multifunction display)
The ASR system can be turned off bypressing the button ASR OFF.
The display will show the dedicated mes-sage to warn the driver that the systemis off; at the same time the button led willturn on.
Pressing again button ASR OFF the but-ton led will turn off and the display willshow the dedicated message to warn thedriver that the system is on again.
121
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND C
ONTR
OLS
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
POSSIBLE PRESENCE OF ICEON THE ROAD (versions with reconfigurablemultifunction display)
This indication starts flashing when theoutside temperature reaches or falls be-low 3°C to warn the driver of the possi-ble presence of ice on the road.
The display will show the dedicated mes-sage.
113-122 Panda New GB 26-06-2007 11:04 Pagina 121
113-122 Panda New GB 26-06-2007 11:04 Pagina 122
123
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND C
ONTR
OLS
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
STARTING THE ENGINE ................................................. 124
IF A TYRE IS PUNCTURED ............................................... 126
QUICK TYRE REPAIR KIT - FIX & GO automatic ........................................................... 132
WHEN NEEDING TO CHANGE A BULB ................... 136
IF AN EXTERIOR LIGHT BURNS OUT.......................... 139
IF AN INTERIOR LIGHT BURNS OUT .......................... 144
IF A FUSE BLOWS................................................................ 146
IF THE BATTERY IS FLAT .................................................. 152
JACKING THE CAR............................................................. 153
TOWING THE CAR............................................................ 153
IIINN AANN EEMMEERRGGEENNCCYY
123-154 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:51 Pagina 123
❒ press and hold down the acceleratorpedal: the warning light U turns on forabout 8 seconds, and then goes off;
❒ release the accelerator pedal and getready to count the flashes of the warn-ing light U;
❒ count the number of flashes that cor-responds to the first figure of the codeon the CODE card, then press the ac-celerator pedal and keep it there untilthe warning light U comes on (for 4seconds) and then goes off: release theaccelerator pedal;
❒ warning light Uwill start flashing again:after it has flashed the number of timesthat corresponds to the second figureon the CODE card, press the acceler-ator pedal to the floor and keep itthere;
❒ do the same for the remaining figureson the CODE card;
❒ once the final figure has been entered,keep the accelerator pedal pressed. Thewarning light U will light up for 4 sec-onds and then go out. Release the ac-celerator pedal;
❒ rapid flashing of the warning light U(for about 4 seconds) confirms the op-eration has been carried out success-fully;
❒ start the engine by turning the ignitionkey from MAR to AVV.
If, however, the warning light U stays on,turn the ignition key to STOP and repeatthe procedure from step one.
IMPORTANT After an emergency start-up you should contact a Fiat Dealership,otherwise you will have to repeat the pro-cedure described each time you want tostart the engine.
ENGINE STARTING
EMERGENCY START-UP
If the Fiat CODE system fails to deactivateengine immobilising system the instrumentpanel warning lights Y and U stay onand the engine cannot be started.
To start the engine the emergency start-up can be performed.
Read the whole procedure carefully be-fore trying to carry it out: if you make amistake, you must turn the ignition keyback to STOP and repeat the whole op-eration from beginning.
Proceed as follows:
❒ read the 5-figure electronic code giv-en on the CODE card;
❒ turn the ignition key to MAR;
124
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
IINDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND C
ONTR
OLS
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
123-154 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:51 Pagina 124
Proceed as follows:
❒ Connect positive terminals (+) of thetwo batteries with a jump lead;
❒ With a second lead, connect the nega-tive terminal – of the auxiliary batteryto an earthing point E on the engine orthe gearbox of the car to be started;
❒ Start the engine;
❒ When the engine has been started, re-move the leads reversing the orderabove.
If after a few attempts the engine does notstart, do not insist but contact the near-est Fiat Dealership.
IMPORTANT Do not directly connect thenegative terminals of the two batteries:any sparks may ignite the detonating gaswhich could come out of the battery. If theauxiliary battery is installed on anothercar, avoid metal parts touching acciden-tally between this car and the one with theflat battery.
JUMP STARTING fig. 1
If the battery is flat, it is possible to startthe engine using an auxiliary battery withthe same capacity or a little higher thanthe flat one.
fig. 1
125
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND C
ONTR
OLS
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
Never use a battery chargerto start the engine as thiscould damage the electronicsystems of your car, particu-
larly the ignition and fuel supply con-trol units.
The starting procedure mustbe carried out by qualified
personnel because incorrect opera-tions may cause electrical discharge ofconsiderable intensity. The liquid con-tained in the battery is poisonous andcorrosive. Avoid contact with the skinand eyes. Keep naked flames and light-ed cigarettes away from the batteryand do not cause sparks.
WARNING
F0G0694m
123-154 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:51 Pagina 125
BUMP STARTING
Never bump start the engine (by pushing,towing or coasting downhill).
This could cause fuel to flow into the cat-alytic converter and damage it beyond re-pair.
IMPORTANT Remember that the servo-brake and electrical power steering sys-tem (where provided) are not operatinguntil the engine is started, a greater effortwill therefore be required to press thebrake pedal or turn the steering wheel.
126
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
IINDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND C
ONTR
OLS
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
The space-saver spare wheel(where provided) is specific
to your car, do not use it on othermodels, or use the spare wheel of oth-er models on your car. The space-saver spare wheel shall only be usedin an emergency. It shall only be usedfor the distance necessary to reach aservice point and the car speed shallnot exceed 80 km/h. The spare wheelhas an orange sticker that summaris-es the main cautions for use and lim-itations. The sticker should never beremoved or covered. Never fit a wheelcap on a space-saver spare wheel.The sticker gives the following infor-mation in four languages: Caution!For temporary use only! 80 km/h max!Replace by normal wheel as soon aspossible. Do not cover this label inuse. If you change the type of wheel (al-loy rims instead of steel rims) you willhave to change the entire set of fas-tening bolts with another set of suit-ably sized bolts.
WARNINGIF A TYRE IS PUNCTURED
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS
The car can be delivered (upon re-quest/where provided) with standardspare wheel or space saver spare wheel;see changing instructions on the followingparagraphs.
Wheel changing and correct use of thejack and space-saver spare wheel call forsome precautions as listed below.
123-154 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:51 Pagina 126
127
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND C
ONTR
OLS
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
Alert other drivers that thecar is stationary in compli-
ance with local regulations: hazardwarning lights, warning triangle, etc.Any passengers on board should leavethe car, especially if it is heavily laden.Passengers should stay away from on-coming traffic while the wheel is be-ing changed. If parked on a slope orrough surface, chock the wheels withwedges or other suitable devices.
WARNING
When driving with a space-saver spare wheel fitted, the
driving performance of the carchanges. Avoid accelerating or brak-ing sharply, abrupt turns of fast cor-nerings. The life of a spare wheel isapprox. 3000 km, after this distanceit should be replaced with another ofthe same type. Never attempt to fita conventional tyre on a rim designedfor use as a space-saver spare wheel.Have the punctured wheel repairedand refitted as soon as possible. Twoor more space-saver spare wheelsshould never be used together. Do notgrease the threads of bolts before in-stalling them: they might slip out.
WARNING
The jack shall only be usedfor changing wheels on the
car with which it is provided or oncars of the same model. It must notbe used for other purposes such as forinstance raising cars of other models.In no case should it be used for repairsunder the car. Incorrect positioningof the jack may cause the jacked carto fall. Do not use the jack for high-er capacities than stated on its label.Snow chains cannot be fitted to thespace-saver spare wheel. So, if a front(drive) wheel is punctured and chainsare needed, a rear wheel should befitted to the front of the car and thespare wheel should be fitted to therear. This way with two normal dri-ve wheels, snow chains can be fittedto them to solve an emergency.
WARNING
Fasten the wheel cap cor-rectly to prevent the wheel
from coming free in motion. Nevertamper with the inflation valve. Nev-er place tools between the rim andtyre. Check and restore, if required,the pressure of tyres and spare wheelto the values given in section “Tech-nical specifications”.
WARNING
Please note:
❒ the jack weight is 1,76 kg;
❒ the jack requires no adjustment;
❒ the jack cannot be repaired and in theevent of a fault it must be replaced byanother original one;
❒ no tool other than its cranking devicemay be fitted on the jack.
123-154 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:51 Pagina 127
❒ loosen the bolts on the wheel to be re-placed with the tool E-fig. 4 provided;
❒ turn handle to partially open the jack;
❒ loosen the clamping device B-fig. 3;
❒ take out the tool container C and takeit near the wheel to be changed;
❒ take the space saver spare wheel D;
❒ to remove the wheel cap secured byspring, use the screwdriver providedlevering on the three notches presenton the outer circumference;
fig. 4 F0G0695m
128
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
IINDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND C
ONTR
OLS
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
fig. 3 F0G0078m
To change a wheel proceed as follows:
❒ Stop the car in a position that is notdangerous for oncoming traffic whereyou can change the wheel safely. Theground should be flat and adequatelyfirm;
❒ turn the engine off and pull up the hand-brake;
❒ engage first gear or reverse;
❒ lift the luggage compartment mat A-fig. 2;
fig. 2 F0G0171m
123-154 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:51 Pagina 128
❒ fit the handle H to operate the jack de-vice I and raise the car until the wheelis a few centimetres from the ground.When turning the jack handle makesure that it can be used easily and takecare not to scrape your hand againstthe ground. The moving parts of thejack (screw and joints) may also causeinjury if touched. Clean off any grease;
❒ remove the wheel cap (where provid-ed) after loosening the three fasteningbolts then, loosen the fourth bolt L-fig. 6 and remove the wheel;
❒ make sure the contact surfaces be-tween spare wheel and hub are cleanso that the fastening bolts will not comeloose;
fig. 6 F0G0233m
129
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND C
ONTR
OLS
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
❒ position the jack near the wheel to berepaired at the reference point O onthe side member;
❒ extend the jack until groove F-fig. 5 onthe jack fits correctly into ridge G un-derneath the side member;
❒ alert other passengers that the car isabout to be raised; all persons shouldbe kept away from the car until it hasbeen lowered;
fig. 5 F0G0173m
123-154 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:51 Pagina 129
❒ fasten bolts completely, working in acriss-cross fashion as shown in fig. 8.
REFITTING THE STANDARD WHEEL
❒ Following the above procedure, raisethe car and remove the space saverwheel;
❒ make sure the contact surfaces be-tween wheel and hub are clean so thatthe fastening bolts will not come loose;
❒ fit the standard wheel by inserting thefirst bolt L-fig. 9 in the hole next to theinflation valve;
❒ fit the wheel cap making the symbol Ccoincide with the inflation valve and thebolt previously fastened to the hole M-fig. 9/a;
❒ fit the spare wheel making pin N-fig.7 coincide with one of the wheel holesO;
❒ fasten the four fastening bolts;
❒ turn the jack handle to lower the carand remove the jack;
fig. 7 F0G0204m fig. 8 F0G0206m
fig. 9/a F0G0603m
130
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
IINDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND C
ONTR
OLS
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
fig. 9 F0G0233m
123-154 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:51 Pagina 130
IMPORTANT Do not use inner tubeswith tubeless tyres. Check the inflationpressure of the tyres and the spare wheelregularly.
IMPORTANT You will need to change theset of bolts if you want to change the typeof wheels fitted (alloy rims instead of steelrims, and vice versa). You will have tochange the entire set of fastening boltswith another set of suitably sized bolts andadopt a specific spare wheel having differ-ent building characteristics.
You should keep the bolts and sparewheel in case you decide to use the orig-inal type of wheel later on.
❒ fasten the three other bolts with thewrench provided;
❒ lower the car and remove the jack;
❒ fasten bolts completely, working in acriss-cross fashion as shown in fig. 10.
fig. 10 F0G0696m
131
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND C
ONTR
OLS
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
When you have finished
❒ arrange the space-saver spare wheel D-fig. 3 in the specific compartment in theboot;
❒ insert the partially open jack into thecontainer C and force it slightly into itsseat so that it does not vibrate whenthe car is moving;
❒ put the tools back into their places inthe container;
❒ stow the container complete with toolson the spare wheel and secure every-thing with the clamping device B;
❒ correctly reposition the boot stiff cov-er.
123-154 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:51 Pagina 131
132
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
IINDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND C
ONTR
OLS
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
In the event of a puncturecaused by foreign bodies, it ispossible to repair tyres show-ing damages on the track or
shoulder up to max 4 mm diameter.
fig. 1 F0G0669mfig. a F0G0607m
fig. 2 F0G0670m
Hand the instruction brochureto the personnel charged with
treating the tyre repaired with the kit.
WARNING
Holes and damages on thetyre side walls cannot be re-
paired. Do not use the quick tyre re-pair kit if damaging is due to runningwith flat tyre.
WARNING
Repairs are not possible incase of damages on the
wheel rim (bad groove distortioncausing air loss). Do not remove for-eign bodies (screws or nails) from thetyre.
WARNING
QUICK TYRE REPAIRKIT - FIX & GOautomatic
The quick tyre repair kit Fix & Go auto-matic is placed in the boot; the tool bagfig. a, is located under the driver's seatand it is fastened by means of "velcro" typeadhesive.
The kit fig. 1 includes:
❒ bottle A containing sealer and fittedwith:
– filling pipe B;
– sticker C bearing the notice “max.80 km/h”, to be placed in a positionvisible to the driver (on the instru-ment panel) after fixing the tyre;
❒ instruction brochure (see fig. 2), to beused for prompt and proper use of thequick repair kit and to be then handedto the personnel charged with handlingthe treated tyre;
❒ compressor D-fig. 1 including gaugeand connections;
❒ a pair of protection gloves located inthe side space of the compressor;
❒ adapters for inflating different elements.
In the tool bag you also find the screw-driver, the tow ring and the jack.
123-154 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:51 Pagina 132
133
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND C
ONTR
OLS
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
IT SHOULD BE NOTICED THAT:
The sealing fluid of the quick tyre repairkit is effective with external temperaturesbetween –20 °C and +50 °C.
The sealing fluid has limited life.
The compressor shall not beoperated for more than 20
minutes. Risk of overheating!. Tyresrepaired with the quick tyre repair kitshall be used temporarily only.
WARNING
The cylinder contains ethyl-ene glycol. The cylinder con-
tains latex: it can cause allergic reac-tions. It is harmful if ingested or in-haled and irritant for the eyes and incase of contact. In case of contactrinse immediately with water and takeoff contaminated clothes. If swal-lowed, do not induce vomit, rinse outthe mouth, drink a lot of water andcall the doctor immediately. Keepaway from children. This product mustnot be used by asthmatics. Do not in-hale vapours. Call the doctor imme-diately in case of allergic reactions.Keep the cylinder in the space provid-ed for the purpose and far from heat.The sealing fluid has limited life.
WARNING
Replace the cylinder if seal-er has run out. Do not throwaway the cylinder and thesealing fluid. Have the sealing
fluid and the cylinder disposed of incompliance with national and localregulations.
Put on the protection glovesprovided together with quick
tyre repair kit.
WARNING
INFLATING PROCEDURE
❒ Pull up the handbrake. Loosen tyreinflation valve cap, take out the fillerhose A-fig. 3 and screw the ring nutB on the tyre valve;
fig. 3 F0G0697m
123-154 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:51 Pagina 133
134
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
IINDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND C
ONTR
OLS
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
fig. 4 F0G0672m fig. 6 F0G0698m
fig. 5 F0G0673m
❒ check that the compressor switch D-fig. 4 is set at 0 (off), start the engine,fit plug E-fig. 5 into the 12V outlet lo-cated on the central console and thenturn the compressor on setting theswitch D-fig. 4 in position I (on). Inflatethe tyre at the pressure value specifiedin paragraph “Inflation pressure” in sec-tion “Technical Specifications”
Check tyre pressure on gauge F-fig. 4 with compressor off to obtainprecise reading;
❒ if after 5 minutes it is still impossibleto reach at least 1.5 bar, disengage com-pressor from valve and current outlet,then move the car forth for approx. tenmetres in order to distribute the seal-ing fluid inside the tyre evenly, then re-peat the inflation operation;
❒ If after this operation it is still impossi-ble after 5 minutes to reach at least 1.8bar, do not start driving since the tyreis excessively damaged and the quicktyre repair kit cannot guarantee suit-able sealing, contact Fiat Dealership;
❒ if reaching the tyre pressure specifiedin paragraph “Inflation pressure” in sec-tion “Technical Specifications”, startdriving immediately;
❒ after driving for about 10 minutes stopand check again the tyre pressure; pullup the handbrake;
Apply the sticker in a visibleposition for the driver to in-
dicate that the tyre has been treat-ed with the quick tyre repair kit. Dri-ve carefully especially when corner-ing. Do not exceed 80 km/h. Avoidheavy braking and accelerating.
WARNING
If the pressure falls below 1.8bars, do not drive any fur-
ther: the quick tyre repair kit Fix & Goautomatic cannot guarantee properhold because the tyre is too muchdamaged. Contact Fiat Dealership.
WARNING
123-154 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:51 Pagina 134
135
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND C
ONTR
OLS
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
❒ if at least 1.8 bar pressure is read, re-store proper pressure (with enginerunning and handbrake on) and restart;
❒ drive with the utmost care to the near-est Fiat Dealership.
It is of vital importance tocommunicate that the tyre
has been repaired using the quick tyrerepair kit. Hand the instructionbrochure to the personnel chargedwith treating the tyre repaired withthe kit.
WARNINGfig. 7 F0G0699m fig. 8 F0G0676m
FOR CHECKING ANDRESTORING PRESSURE ONLY
The compressor can be also used just forrestoring pressure. Release cylinder con-nection A-fig. 8 and connect it directly tothe tyre valve fig. 7; in this way the cylin-der is not connected to compressor andthe sealing fluid will not flow into the tyre.
CYLINDER REPLACEMENT PROCEDURE
To replace the cylinder proceed as fol-lows:
❒ disconnect connection A-fig. 8;
❒ turn counter-clockwise the cylinder toreplace and raise it;
❒ fit the new cylinder and turn it clock-wise;
❒ connect connection A to the cylinderand fit the transparent tube B into theproper space.
123-154 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:51 Pagina 135
136
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
IINDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND C
ONTR
OLS
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
WHEN NEEDING TO CHANGE A BULB
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS
❒ Before changing a bulb check the con-tacts for oxidation;
❒ Burnt bulbs must be replaced by oth-ers of the same type and power;
❒ Always check headlight aiming afterchanging a bulb to ensure they are safe;
❒ When a light is not working, check thatthe corresponding fuse is intact beforechanging a bulb: for the location of fus-es, refer to paragraph “If a fuse blows”in this section.
Alterations or repairs to theelectric system not carried
out correctly and without taking intoaccount the system specificationsmay cause failures and the risk of fire.
WARNING
Halogen bulbs contain pres-surised gas, in the case of
breakage they may burst.
WARNING
Halogen bulbs must be han-dled touching only the metal-lic part. If the transparentbulb is touched with the fin-
gers, its lighting intensity is reduced andlife of the bulb may be compromised.If touched accidentally, rub the bulbwith a cloth moistened with methylat-ed spirit and allow to dry.
123-154 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:51 Pagina 136
137
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND C
ONTR
OLS
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
TYPES OF BULBS fig. 20
Various types of bulbs are fitted to yourcar:
A All glass bulbs: these are pressed on.Pull to remove.
B Bayonet type bulbs: press the bulb,then counterclockwise to remove thistype of bulb from its holder.
C Tubular bulbs: free them from theircontacts to remove.
D Halogen bulbs: to remove the bulb,release the clip holding the bulb inplace.
E Halogen bulbs: to remove the bulb,release the clip holding the bulb inplace.
F0G0118mfig. 20
Where possible, it is advisableto have bulbs changed c/o Fi-at Dealership. The correctoperation and aiming of the
outer lights are vital to the safety of thecar and its passengers and the subjectof specific laws.
IMPORTANT The headlight inner surfacemight be slightly misted: this should not beconsidered irregular but a natural phe-nomenon due to low temperature and theair humidity level. Misting will disappear assoon as the headlights are turned on.Drops inside the headlight mean water in-filtration: contact Fiat Dealership.
123-154 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:51 Pagina 137
138
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
IINDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND C
ONTR
OLS
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
H4
H4
W5W
PY21W
W5W
PY21W
P21/5W
P21W
P21W
C5W
W5W
C5W
H1
W5W
60/55
60/55
5
21
5
21
21/5
21
21
5
5
5
55
5
D
D
A
B
A
B
B
B
B
C
A
C
E
A
Bulbs Type Power Ref. figure
Main beam
Dipped beam
Front side lights
Front direction indicators
Side direction indicators
Rear direction indicators
Stop/taillights
Reversing light
Rear fog lights
Ceiling light
Boot light
Number plate light
Fog lights
Third stop
123-154 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:51 Pagina 138
139
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND C
ONTR
OLS
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
To change the direction indicator bulb,proceed as follows:
❒ release clip A-fig. 21 and remove capB;
❒ turn the bulb-holder D-fig. 22 and re-move it (it is pressure-fitted);
IF AN EXTERIOR LIGHTBURNS OUT
For the type of bulb and power rating, see“When needing to change a bulb”.
fig. 21 F0G0089m fig. 22 F0G0090m
fig. 23 F0G0091m
FRONT LIGHT UNITS
To change the bulb, proceed as follows:
❒ release clip A-fig. 21 and remove capB;
❒ turn the bulb-holder C-fig. 22 and re-move it (it is pressure-fitted);
❒ remove the burnt bulb E-fig. 23 and fitthe new bulb;
❒ refit by reversing the above mentionedoperations.
123-154 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:51 Pagina 139
SIDE DIRECTION INDICATORS
To change the bulb, proceed as follows:
❒ push the transparent cover A-fig. 27towards car running direction (it ispressure-fitted);
❒ remove connector G-fig. 25;
❒ release the bulb holder catch H;
❒ remove the burnt bulb I-fig. 26 and fitthe new bulb;
❒ refit by reversing the above mentionedoperations.
fig. 25 F0G0093m fig. 27 F0G0095m
fig. 26 F0G0094m
140
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
IINDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND C
ONTR
OLS
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
❒ remove the burnt bulb F-fig. 24 and fitthe new bulb;
❒ refit by reversing the above mentionedoperations.
To replace the main/dipped beam lightbulb, proceed as follows:
❒ release clip A-fig. 21 and remove capB;
fig. 24 F0G0092m
123-154 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:51 Pagina 140
141
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND C
ONTR
OLS
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
❒ remove the transparent cover A-fig.28 from bulb holder (it is pressure-fit-ted);
❒ remove the bulb B and replace it;
❒ refit the lens.
❒ loosen cover C-fig. 30 and remove theconnector D;
❒ release clip E-fig. 31 and remove thebulb F;
❒ refit by reversing the above mentionedoperations.
FRONT FOG LIGHTS (where provided)
To change the halogen bulb, proceed asfollows:
❒ slacken the two fog light fasteningscrews A-fig. 29 on the bumper;
❒ slacken the two fog light fasteningscrews B under the bumper;
❒ remove the protection including the foglight and remove the connector;
fig. 29 F0G0227mfig. 28 F0G0604m fig. 30
TOPOFF ON
F0G0228m
fig. 31 F0G0229m
123-154 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:51 Pagina 141
142
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
IINDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND C
ONTR
OLS
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
Figure 34
D 12V-21W bulb for reversing light onright light unit;
❒ rear fog light on left light unit;
❒ on right hand drive versions, re-versing light in the left rear lightcluster and in the rear fog lamp inthe right rear light cluster;
E 12V-21W bulb for direction indica-tors;
F 12V-21/5W double-light bulb for stoplight and taillights;
❒ slacken the four screws B-fig. 33 fromtheir seats;
❒ remove the bulb-holder C;
❒ remove the bulbs, pushing them slight-ly anti-clockwise;
❒ refit by reversing the above mentionedoperations.
fig. 33 F0G0097m fig. 34 F0G0098m
REAR LIGHT UNIT
To change the bulb proceed as follows:
❒ slacken the three screws A-fig. 32from their seats, pull gently outwardsuntil releasing the whole headlight fromthe three clips (press-fitted) and releasethe connector;
fig. 32 F0G0096m
123-154 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:51 Pagina 142
143
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND C
ONTR
OLS
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
Number plate light
To change the bulb, proceed as follows:
❒ use a screwdriver to remove the re-taining spring as shown in fig. 35;
fig. 35 F0G0099m fig. 36 F0G0100m
THIRD STOP LIGHT
To change the bulb, proceed as follows:
❒ slacken the two screws A-fig. 37 andremove the whole cover;
❒ disconnect connector B-fig. 38 and re-move the light unit;
fig. 37 F0G0101m
fig. 38 F0G0210m
❒ remove the transparent A-fig. 36 andthe bulb B from the bulb holder;
❒ change the 12V-5W bulb pressure-fit-ted in the bulb holder;
❒ refit the lens.
123-154 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:51 Pagina 143
144
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
IINDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND C
ONTR
OLS
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
❒ release clip C-fig. 39 and remove thelight unit from the lens unit;
❒ replace the pressure-fitted burnt outbulb D;
❒ refit by reversing the above mentionedoperations.
fig. 39 F0G0211m
IF AN INTERIOR LIGHTBURNS OUT
For the type of bulb and power rating, see“When needing to change a bulb”.
CEILING LIGHT
To change the bulb, proceed as follows:
❒ insert the screwdriver supplied with thecar in the point shown by the arrowand remove the ceiling light A-fig. 40;
123-154 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:51 Pagina 144
145
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND C
ONTR
OLS
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
❒ open cover B-fig. 41 as shown;
BOOT LIGHT (where provided)
To change the bulb, proceed as follows:
❒ open the tailgate;
❒ insert the screwdriver supplied with thecar in the point shown by the arrowand remove the ceiling light A-fig. 43.
fig. 40 F0G0193m
fig. 41 F0G0213m
fig. 42 F0G0214m fig. 43 F0G0102m
❒ replace the bulb C-fig. 42 releasing theside contacts, insert the new bulb andmake sure that it is correctly clampedbetween the contacts;
❒ close the cover and refit the transpar-ent.
123-154 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:51 Pagina 145
146
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
IINDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND C
ONTR
OLS
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
IF A FUSE BLOWS
GENERAL fig. 45
The fuse is a protective device for theelectric system: it comes into action (i.e.it cuts off) mainly due to a fault or im-proper action on the system.
When a device does not work, check theefficiency of its fuse: the conductor ele-ment A must be intact. If not, replace thefuse with one of the same amp rating(same colour).
B undamaged fuse.
C fuse with damaged filament.
To facilitate fuse replacement, use the pli-ers D hooked to the fusebox on the in-strument panel left-hand side.
Refer to the tables on the following pagesto identify the protection fuse.
❒ open the bulb cover B-fig. 44 and re-place the pressure-fitted bulb C;
❒ refit the cover B on the transparent;
❒ refit correctly the light pressing oneside and then the other until the lock-ing click is heard.
fig. 44 F0G0103m fig. 45 F0G0087m
Never replace a fuse withmetal wires or anything else.
Never replace a fuse withanother with a higher amp
rating; DANGER OF FIRE.
WARNING
If a general fuse (MEGA-FUSE, MIDI-FUSE, MAXI-
FUSE) cuts in, do not attempt any re-pair and contact a Fiat Dealership.
WARNING
If a fuse blows again, contacta Fiat Dealership.
WARNING
Before replacing a fuse,make sure the ignition key
has been removed and that all theother services are switched off and/ordisengaged.
WARNING
123-154 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:51 Pagina 146
147
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND C
ONTR
OLS
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
FUSE LOCATION
The fusebox is on the steering wheel left-hand side fig. 46 and 47.
To gain access to the fusebox, slacken thecover F fastening screw E.
G wired control unit.
H Body-computer control unit.
D fuse extracting pliers.
The number identifying the electrical com-ponent corresponding to each fuse is onthe cover back.
fig. 47
fig. 46
F37
1 8
9 16
F0G0139m
F0G0260m
123-154 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:51 Pagina 147
148
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
IINDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND C
ONTR
OLS
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
Fuses in the engine compartment fig. 48 and 49
A second fuse unit is located on the rightside of the engine compartment, next tothe battery, to reach it release spring I,free tabs M and remove lid L.
The number identifying the electrical com-ponent corresponding to each fuse and re-lays is on the cover back.
fig. 48
fig. 49
F0G0652m
F0G0704m
123-154 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:51 Pagina 148
149
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND C
ONTR
OLS
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
57.5
7.5
10
7.5
15
15
7.5
7.5
7.5
7.5
5
5
15
–
–
7.5
7.5
7.5
20
10
10
10
10
F31
F35
F35
F37
F41
F45
F46
F49
F49
F49
F50
F51
F51
F54
FA
FB
F12
F13
F13
F38
F39
F39
F39
F39
FUSE SUMMARY TABLE
Passenger’s compartment fusebox - fig. 47 FUSE AMPERE
Reversing light
+15 radio
Central dashboard
+15 stop light
Door mirrors defroster
Heated seats (pre-arrangements)
Electric sunroof
Automatic climate control system
Tyre pressure
Sensor for water presence in the gas oil filter
+15 air bag control unit
+15 Body-computer control unit
+15 instrument panel
Subwoofer
Free
Free
Right dipped beam headlight
Left dipped beam headlight
To adjust the headlight slant
+ 30 door locking device
EOBD diagnosis socket
Radio
Automatic climate control system
Tyre pressure
123-154 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:51 Pagina 149
150
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
IINDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND C
ONTR
OLS
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
1010
30
30
15
20
20
15
F39
F39
F40
F43
F53
F47
F48
F52
Passenger’s compartment fusebox - fig. 47 FUSE AMPERE
Telephone
Body-computer control unit
Heated rear window
Windscreen wiper/washer
Windscreen/rear window washer pump
Front left power window
Front right power window
Rear window wiper
30
20
15
15
15
15
7.5
10
7.5
F8
F9
F10
F11
F14
F15
F16
F17F18
Engine compartment fusebox - fig. 49 FUSE AMPERE
Ai conditioner electric fan
Headlight washer
Horn
Secondary services and tachymeter generator
Upper beam
Trailer unit
Electronic injection system and Dualogic transmission unit supply
Electronic injection primary services
Engine control node
123-154 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:51 Pagina 150
151
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND C
ONTR
OLS
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
7.5–152020101515207.5
F19F20F21F22F23F24F30F84F85F87
Engine compartment fusebox - fig. 49 FUSE AMPERE
Air conditioner compressorFuse availableFuel pump supply (Multijet version)Electronic injection primary servicesBraking node valves and ABSElectric power steeringFog lightsDualogic transmission unitCigarette lighter/current socketABS and stop light control
20202030503030202020
10/20305030
T02T03T05T06T07T08T09T10T14T17T19T20T30T31
Engine compartment unit - fig. 49 RELAY AMPERE
Upper beam relayHorn relayCompresor relayEngine cooling electric fan relay (low speed)Engine cooling electric fan relay (high speed)Air conditioner electric fan relayInjection system main relayFuel pump relay (Multiject version)Fog light relayHeadlight washer relayPump disconnection teleswitchStar-up inhibiting relayDualogic transmission pump relayCigarette/current socket realy
123-154 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:51 Pagina 151
152
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
IINDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND C
ONTR
OLS
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
IF THE BATTERY IS FLAT
IMPORTANT Battery recharging proce-dure is given as information only. This op-eration shall be only performed at a FiatDealership.
Charging should be slow at a low amp rat-ing for 24 hours. Charging for a longertime may damage the battery.
Charge the battery as follows:
❒ disconnect battery negative terminal;
❒ connect the charger cables to the bat-tery terminals, observing the poles;
The liquid contained in thebattery is poisonous and cor-
rosive. Avoid contact with the skin oreyes. The battery should be chargedin a well ventilated place, away fromnaked flames or possible sources ofsparks: danger of explosion and fire.
WARNING
Do not attempt to charge afrozen battery: it must first-
ly be thawed, otherwise it may burst.If freezing has occurred, the batteryshould be checked by skilled person-nel to make sure that the internal el-ements are not damaged and that thebody is not cracked, with the risk ofleaking poisonous and corrosive acid.
WARNING❒ turn on the charger;
❒ when you have finished, turn the charg-er off before disconnecting the battery;
❒ reconnect battery negative terminal.
123-154 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:51 Pagina 152
153
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND C
ONTR
OLS
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
JACKING THE CAR
If the car needs to be jacked up, go to aFiat Dealership which is equipped withshop jacks and jack arms.
fig. 50 F0G0215m
TOWING THE CAR
The tow ring provided with the car ishoused in the tool box under the bootmat.
Jack up the car only by positioning the jackarms or the shop jack in the points shownin fig. 50.
123-154 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:51 Pagina 153
154
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
IINDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND C
ONTR
OLS
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
Before starting to tow, turnthe ignition key to MAR and
then to STOP. Do not remove thekey. If the key is removed, the steer-ing lock engages automatically re-sulting in the impossibility to steer thewheels.
WARNING
When towing, rememberthat without the help of the
servobrake and power steering, agreater effort is required on the ped-al and steering wheel. Do not useflexible cables for towing and avoidjerks. During towing operations makesure that fastening the joint to the cardoes not damage the components incontact with it. When towing the car,you must comply with the specifictraffic regulations regarding the towring and how to tow on the road.
WARNING
Do not start the enginewhen towing the car.
WARNING
fig. 51 F0G0217m
TOW RING HOOKING fig. 51
Proceed as follows:
❒ release the cap A;
❒ take the tow hook B from the tool sup-port;
❒ tighten the ring on the rear or frontthreaded pin.
123-154 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:51 Pagina 154
155
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND C
ONTR
OLS
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
SCHEDULED SERVICING ................................................. 156
SERVICE SCHEDULE ........................................................... 157
ANNUAL INSPECTION SCHEDULE .............................. 159
ADDITIONAL CHECKS ..................................................... 159
CHECKING FLUID LEVELS................................................ 161
AIR FILTER ............................................................................ 166
POLLEN FILTER ................................................................... 167
BATTERY ................................................................................ 168
WHEELS AND TYRES ......................................................... 170
RUBBER HOSES .................................................................... 171
WINDSCREEN/REAR WINDOW WIPERS ................... 172
BODYWORK ........................................................................ 173
INTERIORS............................................................................. 175
CCCAARR MMAAIINNTTEENNAANNCCEE
155-176 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:52 Pagina 155
IMPORTANT The Programmed Mainte-nance coupons are specified by the Man-ufacturer- The failure to have them car-ried out may invalidate the warranty.
Scheduled Servicing is performed by all Fi-at Dealership, at pre-established times.
If during each operation, in addition to theones programmed, the need arises for fur-ther replacements or repairs, these maybe carried out only with the explicit agree-ment of the Customer.
IMPORTANT You are advised to contactFiat Dealership in the event of any minoroperating faults, without waiting for thenext service coupon.
If your car is used frequently for towing,the interval between one service couponand the other must be reduced.
SCHEDULED SERVICING
Correct maintenance is essential for en-suring long car life under the best condi-tions.
This is why Fiat has programmed a seriesof checks and maintenance operationsevery 20,000 km.
It is however important to remember thatscheduled servicing does not completelycover all the car’s requirements- also inthe initial period before 20,000 km servicecoupon and later, between one couponand another, ordinary care is still requiredsuch as for example routine check andtopping up the level of fluids, tyre pressurecheck, etc...
156
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND C
ONTR
OLS
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
155-176 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:52 Pagina 156
157
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND C
ONTR
OLS
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180
● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
● ● ●
● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
●
● ● ● ●
● ● ● ●
● ● ● ●
● ●
SERVICE SCHEDULE
These coupons are to be carried out every 20,000 km
Thousands of km
Check tyre conditions/wear and adjust pressure if required
Check lighting system operation (headlights, direction indicators, hazard lights, boot lights, warning lights, etc.)
Check windscreen wiper/washer operation, adjust nozzles
Check windscreen/rear window blade position/wear
Check front disk brake pad conditions and wear
Check rear drum brake linings and wear
Sight inspect the conditions of:- bodywork, underbody protection pipes and hoses (exhaust -fuel - brakes), rubber parts (boots -sleeves - bushes - etc.)
Check cleanness of locks, bonnet and boot and lever cleanness and lubrication
Check tension and adjust accessory drive belts (excluding engines with automatic belt tighteners)
Sight inspect accessory drive belt conditions
Check and adjust tappet clearance (petrol versions)
Check and adjust handbrake lever stroke
Check antievaporation system (petrol versions)
155-176 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:52 Pagina 157
158
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND C
ONTR
OLS
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180
● ● ●
● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
● ●
●
● ● ● ●
● ● ● ●
● ●
● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
(●) (●) (●) (●) (●) (●) (●) (●) (●)
● ● ●
● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
● ● ● ●
● ● ●
Thousands of km
Replace air cleaner cartridge (every 30,000 km for 1.3 Multijet engine)
Top up fluids (engine coolant, brakes, windscreen washer, battery, etc.)
Check timing belt conditions(excluding 1.3 Multijet engine)
Replace timing belt (*)(excluding 1.3 Multijet engine)
Change spark plugs (petrol versions)
Check engine control system operation (through diagnosis socket)
Check mechanical transmission oil level
Change engine oil and oil filter (petrol versions)
Change engine oil and oil filter (Multijet version with DPF) (**)
Change brake fluid (or every 2 years)
Change pollen filter (or every year)
Check exhaust emissions/smoke (1.3 Multijet engine)
Replace fuel filter cartridge (Green-filter) (1.3 Multijet engine)
(*) Or every 4 years for particularly demanding use (cold climates, driving in the city idling for a long time)Or every 5 years, regardless of the km covered
(**) Engine oil and oil filter shall be changed when the corresponding warning light turns on (see section “Warning lights and Mes-sages”), or in any case every 2 years.
155-176 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:52 Pagina 158
❒ sight inspect the conditions of: engine,gearbox, transmission, pipes and hoses(exhaust - fuel - brakes) rubber parts(boots - sleeves - bushes etc.), fuel andbrake system hoses;
❒ check battery charge;
❒ visual check on various drive belt con-ditions;
❒ top up fluid levels (engine coolant,brakes, windscreen washer, battery,etc.);
❒ change engine oil;
❒ change engine oil filter;
❒ change pollen filter (where provided).
ADDITIONAL CHECKS
Every 1,000 km or before long journeys,check and top up if required:
❒ engine coolant fluid level;
❒ brake fluid level;
❒ battery fluid level;
❒ windscreen washer fluid level;
❒ tyre pressure and conditions.
Every 3,000 km check and top up if re-quired:
❒ engine oil level.
You are recommended to use FL Seleniaproducts designed and produced specifi-cally for Fiat cars (see table “Capacities”in section “Technical specifications”).
ANNUAL INSPECTIONSCHEDULE
For cars with an annual mileage of below20,000 Km (for example about 15,000Km) the following yearly inspection pro-gramme is advised:
❒ Check tyre conditions/wear and adjustpressure if required (including the sparewheel);
❒ check lighting system operation (head-lights, direction indicators, hazard lights,boot lights, passenger compartmentlights, glovebox light, warning lights,etc.);
❒ check windscreen wiper/washer oper-ation, adjust nozzle;
❒ check windscreen/rear window bladeposition/wear;
❒ check front disk brake pad conditionsand wear;
❒ check cleanness of locks, bonnet andboot and lever cleanness and lubrica-tion;
159
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND C
ONTR
OLS
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
155-176 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:52 Pagina 159
IMPORTANT - Air cleaner
If the car is used on dusty roads changethe air cleaner more frequently than theindications in the “Service schedule”. If indoubt as to how often the engine oil andair cleaner should be changed accordingto how you use the car, contact a FiatDealership.
IMPORTANT - Pollen filter
If the car is used frequently in dusty orheavily polluted environments it is advis-able to replace the filtering element morefrequently; in particular it should be re-placed if a reduction of the amount of airadmitted to the passenger compartmentis noted.
IMPORTANT - Battery
The charge in the battery should bechecked at the start of winter to limit therisk of electrolyte freezing.
This check should be carried out morefrequently if the car is used mainly forshort trips, or if it is fitted with accessoriesthat permanently absorb electricity evenwith the ignition key removed, especiallyin the case of after market accessories. Ifthe car is used in hot climates or particu-larly harsh conditions it is wise to checkthe level of the battery fluid (electrolyte)more frequently than specified in the “Ser-vice schedule”.
IMPORTANT - Engine oil
Should prevailing use of the car be underone of the following specially heavy con-ditions:
❒ trailer or caravan towing;
❒ dusty roads;
❒ short distances (less than 7- 8 km) re-peated and with external temperaturesbelow zero;
❒ frequently idling engines or long dis-tance low speed driving (e.g. taxis ordoor-to-door deliveries) or in case ofa long term inactivity;
replace engine oil more frequently thanrequired on “Service Schedule”.
IMPORTANT - Diesel filter
The possibility of topping up with dieselfuel not complying with EN590 EuropeanNorm might make it necessary to replacethe filter more frequently than indicatedin the “Service Schedule”.
160
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND C
ONTR
OLS
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
Car maintenance should beentrusted to Fiat Dealership.For routine and minor main-tenance operations you wish
to carry out yourself, always make sureyou have the proper equipment, gen-uine Fiat spare parts and the necessaryfluids; do not however carry out theseoperations if you have no experience.
155-176 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:52 Pagina 160
CHECKING FLUIDLEVELS
fig. 1
161
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND C
ONTR
OLS
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
Never smoke while workingin the engine compartment:
gas and inflammable vapours may bepresent, with the risk of fire.
WARNING
Be careful!, when topping uptake care not to confuse thevarious types of fluids: theyare all incompatible with one
another and could seriously damagethe car.
Version 1.1 and 1.2(with heater) fig. 1
1. Engine oil
2. Battery
3. Brake fluid
4. Windscreen washer fluid
5. Engine coolant.
F0G0700m
155-176 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:52 Pagina 161
Version 1.1 and 1.2 (with air conditioning system) fig. 2
1. Engine oil
2. Engine coolant
3. Windscreen washer fluid
4. Brake fluid
5. Battery.
162
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND C
ONTR
OLS
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
fig. 2 F0G0701m
fig. 3 F0G0261m
Version 1.3 Multijet - fig. 3
1. Engine oil
2. Engine coolant
3. Windscreen washer fluid
4. Brake fluid
5. Battery.
155-176 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:52 Pagina 162
If the oil level is near or even below theMIN mark, add oil through the filler neckA, until reaching the MAX mark.
Oil level shall never exceed the MAXmark.
ENGINE OIL CONSUMPTION
Max engine oil consumption is usually 400grams every 1000 km.
When the car is new, the engine needsto run in, therefore the engine oil con-sumption can only be considered stabilisedafter the first 5,000 ÷ 6,000 km.
IMPORTANT The oil consumption de-pends on driving style and the conditionsunder which the car is used.
IMPORTANT After adding or changingthe oil, let the engine turn over for a fewseconds and wait a few minutes after turn-ing it off before you check the level.
ENGINE OIL fig. 4, 5 and 6
Check the oil level a few minutes (about5) after the engine has stopped, with thecar parked on level ground.
Check the level is within the MIN andMAX marks on the dipstick B.
The interval between the MIN and MAXmarks corresponds to about one litre ofoil.
fig. 4 - Version 1.1 F0G0184m fig. 6 - Version 1.3 Multijet F0G0262m
163
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND C
ONTR
OLS
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
fig. 5 - Version 1.2 F0G0106m
When the engine is hot, takecare when working inside the
engine compartment to avoid burns.Remember that when the engine ishot, fan may cut in: danger of injury.Scarves, ties and other loose cloth-ing might be pulled by moving parts.
WARNING
Do not add oil with specifica-tions other than that alreadyin the engine.
Used engine oil and filter con-tain harmful substances forthe environment. Contact Fi-at Dealership to have the oil
and filter changed, as they areequipped to dispose of the waste oiland filters respecting the nature andthe law.
155-176 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:52 Pagina 163
WINDSCREEN/REAR WINDOWWASHER FLUID fig. 9
To top up, remove the cap A.
Pour a mixture of water and TUTELAPROFESSIONAL SC35, in the followingconcentrations:
30% TUTELA PROFESSIONAL SC35 and70% water in summer.
50% TUTELA PROFESSIONAL SC35 and50% water in winter.
In case of temperatures below –20°C, useundiluted TUTELA PROFESSIONAL SC35fluid.
ENGINE COOLANT fig. 7 and 8
The coolant level shall be checked withcold engine and shall be within the MINand MAX marks on the tank.
If the level is low, pour slowly a mixtureof 50% distilled water and 50% PARAFLUUP of the FL Selenia Group through thefiller neck A until the level reaches MAX.
A 50-50 mixture of PARAFLU UP and dis-tilled water gives freeze protection to–35°C.
For particularly hard climate conditions,we recommend use of a 60% Paraflu UPand 40% demineralized water mixture.
fig. 7 - 1.1 and 1.2 with air conditioning system - 1.3 Multijet
F0G0107m fig. 8 - 1.1 and 1.2 with heater F0G0182m fig. 9
164
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND C
ONTR
OLS
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
The engine cooling system us-es protective antifreeze fluidPARAFLU UP. Use the samefluid type as that already in
the cooling system when topping up.PARAFLU UP fluid cannot be mixedwith any other type of fluid. Should ithappen, under no circumstances startthe engine; contact a Fiat Dealership.
The cooling system is pres-surised. If necessary, replace
the cap only with another genuineone, otherwise system efficiencycould be compromised. Do not re-move the reservoir cap when the en-gine is hot: you risk scalding yourself.
WARNING
F0G0183m
155-176 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:52 Pagina 164
BRAKE FLUID fig. 10
Unscrew cap A: check that the fluid levelin the reservoir is at maximum.
Fluid level in the reservoir shall not exceedthe MAX mark.
If fluid has to be added, it is suggested touse the brake fluid in table "Fluids and lu-bricants" (see chapter "Technical charac-teristics").
NOTE Clean accurately the tank cap Aand the surrounding surface.
At plug opening, pay maximum attentionin order to prevent any impurities fromentering the tank.
For topping up, always use a funnel withintegrated filter with mesh equal to orlower than 0.12 mm.
Check level through the reservoir.
fig. 10 F0G0109m
165
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND C
ONTR
OLS
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
Do not travel with the wind-screen washer reservoir emp-
ty: the windscreen washer is funda-mental for improving visibility.
WARNING
Certain commercial addi-tives for windscreen washers
are inflammable. The engine com-partment contains hot componentswhich may set it on fire.
WARNING
Prevent brake fluid, which ishighly corrosive, from cominginto contact with paintedparts. Should it happen, im-
mediately wash with water.
IMPORTANT Brake fluid absorbs mois-ture, for this reason, if the car is mainlyused in areas with a high degree of at-mospheric humidity, the fluid should bereplaced at more frequent intervals thanspecified in the “Service schedule”.
Brake fluid is poisonous andhighly corrosive. In the event
of accidental contact, wash the partsinvolved immediately with neutralsoap and water, then rinse thor-oughly. Call the doctor immediatelyif the fluid is swallowed.
WARNING
The symbol π on the con-tainer indicates synthetic
brake fluid, distinguishing it from themineral kind. Using mineral fluids ir-reversibly damages the special brak-ing system rubber seals.
WARNING
155-176 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:52 Pagina 165
AIR FILTER
REPLACEMENT (petrol versions) fig. 11 and 12
Release the clips A, remove the coverfront side B and extract the filtering ele-ment C to be replaced.
fig. 11 F0G0134m
fig. 12 F0G0135m
166
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND C
ONTR
OLS
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
Brake fluid is poisonous andhighly corrosive. In the event
of accidental contact, wash the partsinvolved immediately with neutralsoap and water, then rinse thor-oughly. Call the doctor immediatelyif the fluid is swallowed.
WARNING
The symbol π on the con-tainer indicates synthetic
brake fluid, distinguishing it from themineral kind. Using mineral fluids ir-reversibly damages the special brak-ing system rubber seals.
WARNING
155-176 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:52 Pagina 166
167
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND C
ONTR
OLS
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
REPLACEMENT (Diesel versions) fig. 13
Slacken screws D, remove the cover Eand extract the filtering element F to bereplaced.
POLLEN FILTER
Pollen filter replacement shall be carriedout at a Fiat Dealership.
fig. 13 F0G0263m
155-176 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:52 Pagina 167
168
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND C
ONTR
OLS
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
BATTERY
The car fits a low-maintenance battery: notop-ups with distilled water are needed innormal conditions of use.
INSPECTING THE CHARGE AND THE ELECTROLYTE LEVEL
Inspection operations must be carried outby specialised personnel, following theprescriptions contained in the Use andmaintenance booklet. Any top-up opera-tions must be carried out by specialisedpersonnel and by Fiat Dealership.
Battery liquid is poisonousand corrosive. Avoid contact
with the skin and eyes. Keep nakedflames and sources of sparks awayfrom the battery: risk of explosionand fire.
WARNING
Running the battery with anexcessively low liquid level
will damage the battery beyond re-pair and even cause an explosion.
WARNING
CHANGING THE BATTERY
If required, replace the battery with a gen-uine spare part having the same specifi-cations.
If a battery with different specifications isfitted, the service intervals given in the“Service schedule” in this section will nolonger be valid.
Refer therefore to the instructions pro-vided by the battery manufacturer.
155-176 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:52 Pagina 168
169
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND C
ONTR
OLS
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
IMPORTANT If the charge level remainsfor a long time under 50%, the battery isdamaged by sulphation, reducing its ca-pacity and starting attitude.
The battery will also be more at risk offreezing (e.g. already at -10°C). Refer tothe paragraph “Car inactivity” in “Startingand driving” if the car is left parked for along time.
If after buying the car, you want to installelectric accessories which require per-manent electric supply (alarm, etc.) con-tact Fiat Dealership whose qualified per-sonnel, in addition to suggesting the mostsuitable devices, will evaluate the overallelectric absorption, checking whether thecar’s electric system is capable of with-standing the load required, or whether itshould be integrated with a more power-ful battery.
Since these devices continue absorbing en-ergy even when the ignition key is off, theygradually run down the battery.
USEFUL ADVICE FORLENGTHENING THE LIFE OFYOUR BATTERY
To avoid draining your battery and length-en its life, observe the following indica-tions:
❒ when you park the car, ensure thedoors, tailgate and bonnet are closedproperly;
❒ switch off all lights inside the car: thecar is however equipped with a systemwhich switches all internal lights off au-tomatically;
❒ do not keep accessories (e.g. sound sys-tem, hazard lights, etc.) switched on fora long time when the engine is not run-ning;
❒ before performing any operation on theelectrical system, disconnect the bat-tery negative cable;
❒ battery terminals shall always be per-fectly tightened.
Incorrect assembly of electricand electronic devices maycause severe damage to yourcar. Go to a Fiat Dealership if
you want to install accessories (alarms,mobile phone, etc.): they will suggestthe most suitable devices and adviseyou if a higher capacity battery needsto be installed.
Batteries contain substancesthat can be very dangerousfor the environment. t is ad-visable to have the battery
changed by a Fiat Dealership where itwill be disposed of according to thelaw.
If the vehicle must remainunused for a long time at
very low temperature, remove thebattery and carry it to a warm place,to avoid freezing.
WARNING
When you must perform anyoperation on the battery or
near it, always protect your eyes withthe special goggles.
WARNING
155-176 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:52 Pagina 169
170
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND C
ONTR
OLS
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
WHEELS AND TYRES
Check the pressure of each tyre, includ-ing the spare, every two weeks and beforelong journeys: the pressure should bechecked with the tyre rested and cold.
For the correct tyre inflation pressure, see“Wheels” in “Technical specifications”section.
Incorrect pressure causes abnormal tyrewear fig. 15:
A normal pressure: tread evenly worn.
B low pressure: tread particularly wornat the edges.
C high pressure: tread particularly wornin the centre.
Tyres must be replaced when the treadwears down to 1,6 mm. In any case, com-ply with the laws in the country where thecar is being driven.
fig. 15 F0G0112m
IMPORTANT NOTES
❒ As far as possible, avoid sharp brakingand screech starts etc. Be careful notto hit the kerb, potholes or other ob-stacles hard. Driving for long stretch-es over bumpy roads can damage thetyres;
❒ periodically check that the tyres haveno cuts in the side wall, abnormalswelling or irregular tyre wear. If any ofthese occur, have the car seen to at aFiat Dealership;
❒ avoid overloading the car when travel-ling: this may cause serious damage tothe wheels and tyres;
❒ if a tyre is punctured, stop immediate-ly and charge it to avoid damage to thetyre, the rim, suspensions and steeringsystem;
155-176 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:52 Pagina 170
171
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND C
ONTR
OLS
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
RUBBER HOSES
As far as the brake system and fuel rubberhoses are concerned, carefully follow the“Service schedule” in this section.
Indeed ozone, high temperatures and pro-longed lack of fluid in the system maycause hardening and cracking of the hoses,with possible leaks. Careful control istherefore necessary.
❒ tyres age even if they are not usedmuch. Cracks in the tread rubber area sign of ageing. In any case, if the tyreshave been on the car for over 6 years,they should be checked by specialisedpersonnel, to see if they can still beused. Also remember to check thespare wheel;
❒ In the case of replacement, always fitnew tyres, avoiding those of dubiousorigin;
❒ If a tyre is changed, also change the in-flation valve;
❒ to allow even wear between the frontand rear tyres, it is advisable to changethem over every 10-15 thousand kilo-metres, keeping them on the same sideof the car so as not to reverse the di-rection of rotation.
Remember that road holdingdepends also on the correct
tyre inflating pressure.
WARNING
If the pressure is too low thetyre overheats and this can
cause it serious damage.
WARNING
Do not cross switch thetyres, moving them from the
right of the car to the left and viceversa.
WARNING
Never submit alloy rims torepainting treatments re-
quiring to use temperatures exceed-ing 150°C. The mechanical propertiesof the wheels could be impaired.
WARNING
155-176 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:52 Pagina 171
172
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND C
ONTR
OLS
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
WINDSCREEN/REAR WINDOWWIPERS
BLADES
Periodically clean the rubber part usingspecial products; TUTELA PROFES-SIONAL SC 35 is recommended.
If the rubber blades are bent or worn theyshould be replaced. In any case they shouldbe changed once a year.
A few simple notions can reduce the pos-sibility of damage to the blades:
❒ if the temperature falls below zero,make sure that ice has not frozen therubber against glass. If necessary, thawusing an antifreeze product;
❒ remove any snow from the glass: in ad-dition to protecting the blades, this pre-vents effort on the motor and over-heating;
❒ do not operate the windscreen andrear window wipers on dry glass.
Changing the windscreen wiper blades fig. 16
Proceed as follows:
❒ raise the windscreen wiper arm A andposition the blade so that it forms anangle of 90° with the arm;
❒ press tab B of the coupling spring andremove the blade to be replaced fromthe arm A;
❒ fit the new blade by inserting the tab in-to the special slot in the arm. Make sureit is properly locked into place.
fig. 16 F0G0218m
Driving with worn wiperblades is a serious hazard,
because visibility is reduced in badweather.
WARNING
Changing the rear window blade fig. 17
Proceed as follows:
❒ raise the cover A and remove the armfrom the car, slackening the nut B thatfastens it to the pivot pin;
❒ fit the new arm, positioning it correct-ly, and fully tighten the nut;
❒ lower the cover.
fig. 17 F0G0077m
155-176 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:52 Pagina 172
173
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND C
ONTR
OLS
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
BODYWORK
PROTECTION FROMATMOSPHERIC AGENTS
The main causes of corrosion are the fol-lowing:
❒ atmospheric pollution;
❒ salty air and humidity (coastal areas, orhot humid climates);
❒ seasonal environment conditions.
Not to be underestimated is also the abra-sive action of wind-borne atmosphericdust and sand and mud and gravel raisedby other vehicles.
On your Fiat Panda, Fiat implemented thebest manufacturing technologies to effec-tively protect the bodywork against cor-rosion.
These include:
❒ Painting products and systems whichgive the car particular resistance to cor-rosion and abrasion;
❒ Use of galvanised (or pretreated) steelsheets, with high resistance to corro-sion;
❒ Spraying the underbody, engine com-partment, wheelhouse internal partsand other parts with highly protectivewax products;
SPRAY NOZZLES
Windscreen wiper fig. 18
If the jet of fluid is inadequate, firstly checkthat there is fluid in the reservoir: see“Checking fluid levels” in this section).
Then check that the nozzle holes are notclogged, if necessary use a needle.
The windscreen jets are directed by ad-justing the angle of the nozzles.
Fluid jets shall be directed at about 1/3height from the window upper edge.
Rear window wiper fig. 19
Rear window washer jets are fixed.
The nozzle holder is on the rear window.
fig. 18 F0G0116m fig. 19 F0G0117m
155-176 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:52 Pagina 173
174
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND C
ONTR
OLS
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
❒ spraying of plastic parts, with a protec-tive function in the more exposedpoints: underdoor, inner fender parts,edges, etc;
❒ Use of “open” boxed sections to pre-vent condensation and pockets of mois-ture from triggering rust inside.
BODY AND UNDERBODY WARRANTY
Your Fiat Panda is covered by warrantyagainst perforation due to rust of any orig-inal element of the structure or body.
For the general terms of this warranty, re-fer to Fiat Warranty Booklet.
ADVICE FOR PRESERVING THE BODYWORK
Paint
Paintwork does not only serve an aesteth-ic purpose, but also protects the under-lying sheet metal.
In the case of deep scrapes or scores, youare advised to have the necessary touchingup carried out immediately to avoid the for-mation of rust. For touching up use onlyoriginal products (see “Bodywork paintidentification plate” in section “Technicalspecifications”).
Normal paint maintenance consists inwashing at intervals depending on the con-ditions and environment of use. For exam-ple, in highly polluted areas, or if the roadsare sprayed with salt, it is wise to wash thecar more frequently.
To correctly wash the car:
❒ remove the aerial from the roof to pre-vent damage to it if the car is washed inan automatic system;
❒ wash the body using a low pressure jetof water;
❒ wipe a sponge with a slightly soapy so-lution over the bodywork, frequentlyrinsing with the sponge;
❒ rinse well with water and dry with a jetof air or a chamois leather.
When drying, take particular care with theless visible parts like door surrounds, bon-net and around the headlights where wa-ter may stagnate. The car should not betaken to a closed area immediately, but leftin the open so that residual water canevaporate.
Do not wash the car after it has been leftin the sun or with the bonnet hot: this mayalter the shine of the paintwork.
Windows
Use specific window cleaner products.
Use also clean cloths to avoid scratchingthe glass or damaging the transparency.
IMPORTANT The inside of therearscreen should be wiped gently with acloth in the direction of the filaments toavoid damaging the heating device.
Exterior plastic parts must be cleaned inthe same way as the rest of the car.
Where possible, do not park under trees;the resinous substance many species re-lease give the paint a dull appearance andincrease the possibility of triggering rustprocesses.
IMPORTANT Bird droppings must bewashed off immediately and thoroughly asthe acid they contain is particularly ag-gressive.
Detergents cause water pollu-tion. Therefore the enginecompartment should bewashed in areas equipped for
collecting and purifying the liquid usedin the washing process.
155-176 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:52 Pagina 174
175
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
TECHN
ICAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND C
ONTR
OLS
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
CLEANING SEATS AND FABRICAND VELVET PARTS
Use a soft brush or vacuum cleaner to re-move dust. Velvet is cleaned better if thebrush is moistened.
Rub the seats with a sponge moistenedwith a solution of water and neutral de-tergent.
INTERIOR PLASTIC PARTS
For routine cleaning of interior plasticparts use a soft cloth moistened with wa-ter and neutral soap. Remove grease orpersisting stains using appropriate solvent-free products designed to preserve ap-pearance and colour of plastic compo-nents.
IMPORTANT Never use spirit or petro-leum to clean the instrument panel.
INTERIORS
Periodically check that water is nottrapped under the mats (due to waterdripping off shoes, umbrellas, etc.) whichcould cause oxidisation of the sheet met-al.
Engine compartment
At the end of the winter the engine com-partment should be carefully washed,without directing the jet against electron-ic control units. Contact a specialisedworkshop to have this done.
IMPORTANT The car should be washedwith the engine cold and the ignition keyat STOP. After washing make sure thatthe various protections (e.g. rubber capsand various covers) have not been dam-aged or removed.
Front headlights
IMPORTANT Never use aromatic sub-stances (e.g.: petrol) or ketones (e.g.: ace-tone) for cleaning front headlight plasticlens.
Never use flammable prod-ucts like oil ether or rectified
petrol for cleaning car interiors. Elec-trostatic discharges generated by rub-bing during cleaning operations couldcause fire.
WARNING
Do not keep aerosol cans inthe car: they might explode.
Aerosol cans must never be exposedto a temperature above 50° C. Thetemperature inside the car exposedto the sun may go well beyond thatfigure.
WARNING
155-176 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:52 Pagina 175
113-122 Panda New SPA 26-06-2007 11:07 Pagina 122
177
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND C
ONTR
OLS
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NS
IDENTIFICATION DATA ................................................. 178
ENGINE CODES - BODYWORK VERSIONS............... 180
ENGINE .................................................................................. 181
FUEL FEED/IGNITION ....................................................... 182
TRANSMISSION .................................................................. 182
BRAKES ................................................................................... 183
SUSPENSIONS....................................................................... 183
STEERING............................................................................... 183
WHEELS .................................................................................. 184
DIMENSIONS......................................................................... 187
PERFORMANCE ................................................................... 188
WEIGHTS ............................................................................... 189
CAPACITIES .......................................................................... 190
FLUIDS AND LUBRICANTS.............................................. 191
FUEL CONSUMPTION ....................................................... 193
CO2 EMISSIONS .................................................................. 194
RADIO FREQUENCY REMOTE CONTROL ............... 195
TTTEECCHHNNIICCAALL SSPPEECCIIFFIICCAATTIIOONNSS
177-196 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:53 Pagina 177
MODEL PLATE fig. 2
The plate is to be found on the left side ofthe boot floor and it bears the followingidentification data:
B Homologation number.
C Vehicle type code.
D Chassis number.
E Maximum vehicle weight fully loaded.
F Maximum vehicle weight fully loadedwith trailer.
G Maximum vehicle weight on front axle.
H Maximum vehicle weight on rear axle.
I Engine type.
L Body version code.
M Spare part code.
N Smoke opacity index (for diesel en-gines).
IDENTIFICATION DATA
You are advised to note the identificationcodes. The identification data stamped andgiven on the plates and their position arethe following fig. 1:
1 Model plate.
2 Chassis marking.
3 Bodywork paint identification plate.
4 Engine marking.
fig. 1 F0G0219m
fig. 2 F0G0702m
178
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND C
ONTR
OLS
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NS
177-196 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:53 Pagina 178
CHASSIS MARKING fig. 4
The plate is to be found on the right sideof the boot floor and it bears the follow-ing identification data:
❒ car model (ZFA 169000);
❒ chassis number.
ENGINE MARKING
Engine marking is stamped on the cylinderblock and includes the model and thechassis number.
BODYWORK PAINTIDENTIFICATION PLATE fig. 3
The plate is applied on the external tail-gate post (left side) and it bears the fol-lowing data:
A Paint manufacturer.
B Colour name.
C Fiat colour code.
D Respray and touch up code.
fig. 3 F0G0114m fig. 4 F0G0220m
179
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND C
ONTR
OLS
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NS
177-196 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:53 Pagina 179
180
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND C
ONTR
OLS
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSENGINE CODES - BODYWORK VERSIONS
Versions Engine code Body version
1.1Actual - Active 187A1000(4-seat - euro 3) 169AXA1A 00(5-seat - euro 3) 169AXA1A 00B(4-seat - euro 4) 169AXA1A 00C(5-seat - euro 4) 169AXA1A 00D
1.2Dynamic - Emotion 188A4000(4-seat - euro 3) 169AXB1A 01(5-seat - euro 3) 169AXB1A 01B(4-seat - euro 4) 169AXB1A 01C(5-seat - euro 4) 169AXB1A 01D(*) Ecopack(4-seat - euro 4) 169AXB1A 01E(5-seat - euro 4) 169AXB1A 01F
1.3 Multijet 70HPDynamic - Emotion 188A8000(4-seat - euro 4) 169AXC1A 03(5-seat - euro 4) 169AXC1A 03B
1.3 Multijet 75HPDynamic - Emotion 169A1000(4 posti - euro 4) 169AXD1A 06 (�)(5 posti - euro 4) 169AXD1A 06B (�)
(�) Version with DPF(*) Extended ratios to reduce CO2 emissions
177-196 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:53 Pagina 180
181
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND C
ONTR
OLS
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NS
ENGINE
GENERAL INFORMATION
Engine code
Cycle
Number and layout of cylinders
Piston bore and stroke mm
Total displacement cm3
Compression ratio
Maximum power (EEC) kWHP
corresponding ratio rpm
Maximum torque (EEC) Nmkgm
corresponding ratio rpm
Spark plugs
Fuel
1.3 Multijet 70HP
188A8000
Diesel
4 in line
69.6 x 82
1248
18 : 1
5170
4000
14514.81500
–
Diesel fuel for motor vehicles
(Specification EN 590)
1.3 Multijet 75HP
169A1000
Diesel
4 in line
69.6 x 82
1248
17.6 : 1
5575
4000
14514.81500
–
Diesel fuel for motor vehicles
(Specification EN 590)
1.1
187A1000
Otto
4 in line
70 x 72
1108
9.6 : 1
4054
5000
889.0
2750
NGK DCPR7E-N-10BOSCH YR7DEU
Unleaded petrol 95 R.O.N.
1.2
188A4000
Otto
4 in line
70.8 x 78.86
1242
9.8 : 1
4460
5000
10210.42500
NGK DCPR7E-N-10BOSCH YR7DEU
Unleaded petrol 95 R.O.N.
177-196 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:53 Pagina 181
182
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND C
ONTR
OLS
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSFUEL FEED/IGNITION
1.1 - 1.2 1.3 Multijet
Fuel feed Multipoint sequential phased Direct injection with electronicallyelectronic injection, returnless system controlled Multijet “Common Rail”,
turbo and intercooler
Modifications or repairs to the fuel feed system that are not carried out properly or do not take the system’stechnical specifications into account can cause malfunctions leading to the risk of fire.
WARNING
TRANSMISSION
1.1 - 1.2 - 1.3 Multijet
Gearbox
Clutch
Drive
Five forward gears and reverse with synchromesh for forward gear engagement
Self-adjusting pedal without idle stroke
Front
177-196 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:53 Pagina 182
183
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND C
ONTR
OLS
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NS
disc (self-ventilating for 1.3 Multijet engine)
drum, self-centering shoes with control cylinder for each wheel
controlled by hand lever, it works on rear brakes
SUSPENSIONS
1.1 - 1.2 - 1.3 Multijet
Front
Rear
STEERING
1.1 - 1.2 - 1.3 Multijet
Type
Minimum steeringcycle m
Mc Pherson independent wheels, mechanical cross member, shock absorbers and helical springs; stabiliser bar for versions with electric
power steering.
twisting axle with interconnected wheels; twisting axle and two tubular arms with shock absorbers and helical springs.
rack and pinion with electric power steering (where provided)
9.1
BRAKES
1.1 - 1.2 - 1.3 Multijet
Service brakes:
– front
– rear
Parking brake
IMPORTANT Water, ice and antifreeze salt on roads may deposit on the brake discs thus reducing braking efficiency at first braking.
177-196 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:53 Pagina 183
UNDERSTANDING TYRE MARKING fig. 5
Example: 155/80 R 13 79T
155 = Nominal width (S, distance be-tween sidewalls in mm).
80 = Percentage height/width ratio (H/S).
R = Radial tyre.
13 = Rim diameter in inches (Ø).
79 = Load rating.
T = Maximum speed rating.
WHEELS
RIMS AND TYRES
Pressed steel or alloy rims. Tubeless tyreswith radial carcass. The homologated tyresare listed in the Log book.
IMPORTANT In the event of discrepan-cies between the information provided onthis “Owner handbook” and the “Logbook”, consider the specifications shownin the log book only.
Attaining to the prescribed size, to ensuresafety of the car in movement, it must befitted with tyres of the same make andtype on all wheels.
IMPORTANT Do not use inner tubeswith Tubeless tyres.
184
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND C
ONTR
OLS
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NS
fig. 5 F0G0111m
SPACE-SAVER SPARE WHEEL
Pressed steel rim. Tubeless tyre.
WHEEL GEOMETRY
Front wheel toe-in measured from rim torim: 0 ± 1 mm
The values refer to the car in running or-der.
177-196 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:53 Pagina 184
Load rating
70 = 335 kg 81 = 462 kg
71 = 345 kg 82 = 475 kg
72 = 355 kg 83 = 487 kg
73 = 365 kg 84 = 500 kg
74 = 375 kg 85 = 515 kg
75 = 387 kg 86 = 530 kg
76 = 400 kg 87 = 545 kg
77 = 412 kg 88 = 560 kg
78 = 425 kg 89 = 580 kg
79 = 437 kg 90 = 600 kg
80 = 450 kg 91 = 615 kg
Maximum speed rating
Q = up to 160 km/h.
R = up to 170 km/h.
S = up to 180 km/h.
T = up to 190 km/h.
U = up to 200 km/h.
H = up to 210 km/h.
V = up to 240 km/h.
Maximum speed ratingfor snow tyres
QM + S = up to 160 km/h.
TM + S = up to 190 km/h.
HM + S = up to 210 km/h.
UNDERSTANDING RIM MARKING fig. 5
Example: 5,00 B x 13 H2
5,00 = rim width in inches 1.
B = rim drop centre outline (side pro-jection where the tyre bead rests)2.
13 = rim nominal diameter in inches(corresponds to diameter of thetyre to be mounted) 3 = Ø.
H2 = “hump” shape and number (reliefon the circumference holding theTubeless tyre bead on the rim).
185
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND C
ONTR
OLS
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NS
177-196 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:53 Pagina 185
186
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND C
ONTR
OLS
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NS
5,00 B x 13 H2 (steel)
5J x 14 H2 (alloy)
4,50 B 13 HS135/80 B13 82M135/80 R13 82P
155/80 R 13 79T
165/65 R 14 79T
155/80 R 13 79T M+S
165/65 R 14 79T M+S
2.02.0
2.22.2
2.02.0
2.22.2
2.32.3
2.22.2
2.22.2
2.22.2
2.22.2
1.81.8
1.81.8
1.81.8
155/80 R 13 79T165/65 R 14 79T
155/80 R 13 79T165/65 R 14 79T
155/80 R 13 79T M+S165/65 R 14 79T M+S
2.8
165/65 R 14 79T (only for
Dynamic versions)
2.8
COLD TYRE INFLATION PRESSURE (bar)
Add +0.3 bar to the prescribed inflation pressure when the tyres are warm.
Recheck pressure value with cold tyres.
Versions Tyre Medium load Full load Space-saverspareFront Rear Front Rear wheel
Petrol
Multijet
Snow tyres
Version Rim Standard Snow Optional Space-saverspare wheeltyre tyre tyre Rim Tyre
ActualActiveDynamic
Emotion
177-196 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:53 Pagina 186
DIMENSIONS
Dimensions are expressed in mm and re-fer to the car fitted with standard tyres.
The height refers to the car unladen.
187
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND C
ONTR
OLS
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NS
F0G0703m
fig. 6
Versions A B C D E F G H
Saloon 3538 713 2299 526 1578 (**) 1357 (*) 1578 1366 (*)
(*) Track measurements may vary according to rim size.
(**) Without longitudinal bars mm. 1540
177-196 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:53 Pagina 187
188
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND C
ONTR
OLS
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSBOOT VOLUME
Unladen boot volume (V.D.A. Standards) in dm3
Single and double Rear slidingrear seat seat
Under rear parcel shelf with rear seat in normal position
At waist edge with rear seat back rest folded
Max. to roof with rear seat back rest folded
Max. to roof with rear seat back rest folded(with sunroof)
(*) With seat completely backward(**) With seat completely forward
206
490
860
815
176 (*) / 235 (**)
416
786
741
PERFORMANCETop admitted speed after initial car use in km/h.
1.1ActualActive
1.2DynamicEmotion
1.3 Multijet 70CVDynamicEmotion
1.3 Multijet 75CVDynamicEmotion
150150
155155
160160
165165
177-196 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:53 Pagina 188
189
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND C
ONTR
OLS
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NS
1.3 Multijet
935
445
7506601380
900400
50
60
1.2
860
445
7306601305
800400
50
60
1.1
840
415
7306401255
800350
50
60
WEIGHTS
Weights (kg)
Weight empty (including fluids, 90% fuel in the tank and no optional)
Payload (*) including the driver:
Maximum admitted loads (**)– front axle:– rear axle:– total:
Towable loads– trailer with brakes:– trailer without brakes:
Maximum load on roof (***):
Maximum load on tow hitch(trailer with brakes):
(*) If special equipment is fitted (sunroof, tow hitch, etc.) the unladen car weight increases, thus reducing the specified payload.
(**) Loads not be exceeded. The driver is responsible for arranging the loads in the boot and/or on the roof so that they comply with these limits.
(***) Lineaccessori Fiat roof rack, max capacity: 50 kg.
177-196 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:53 Pagina 189
190
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND C
ONTR
OLS
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NS
1.3 Multijet
35 (▲)5 (▲)
4.6
2.5 (●)
2.8 (●)
1.65
0.55
0.40
1.8
1.2
355
4.6
2.5
2.8
1.65
0.55
0.40
1.8
1.1
355
4.6
3.1
3.5
1.65
0.55
0.40
1.8
CAPACITIES
Fuel tank: litresincluding a reserve of: litres
Engine cooling system:
litres
Engine sump: litres
Engine sump and filter: litres
Gearbox/differential casing:
litres
Hydraulic brake circuit:
- with ABS kg
- without ABS kg
Windscreen and rear window washer fluid reservoir: litres
(❑) For particularly hard climate conditions, we recommend use of a 60% Paraflu UP and 40% demineralized water mixture.
Specified fuels and recommended products
Unleaded petrol with no lessthan 95 R.O.N.
(▲) Diesel fuel for motor vehi-cles (Specification EN590)
Mixture of distilled water andPARAFLU UP at 50% (❑)
SELENIA 20K(●) SELENIA WR
TUTELA CAR ZC 75 SYNTH
TUTELA TOP 4
Mixture of water and TUTELA PROFESSIONALSC 35
177-196 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:53 Pagina 190
191
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND C
ONTR
OLS
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NS
FLUIDS AND LUBRICANTS
RECOMMENDED PRODUCTS AND THEIR SPECIFICATIONS
Use Fluid and lubricant specifications Original fluids and Changefor correct car operation lubricants
Oils for petrol engines
Oils fordiesel engines (1.3 Multijet versions)
For regular operation of Multijet versions with DPF, use only original oil. In an emergency (lacking the original product) only top upwith max. 0,5 l and then drive immediately to the nearest Fiat Dealership.
If using non original SAE 5W-40 products, oils with minimum ACEA A3 specifications for petrol engines and ACEA B4 specifica-tions for Diesel engines are admitted; in this event top engine performance is not guaranteed.
Use of products with low-quality properties than ACEA A3 and ACEA B4 could cause damages to the engine that are not coveredby the warranty.
For very cold climate conditions, ask Fiat Dealership for the appropriate Selenia product to use.
Synthetic-based oils, grade SAE 10W-40, that pass ACEA A3 and API SLspecifications.
Synthetic-based oils, grade SAE 5W- 40, that pass ACEA B4, API CF and FIAT 9.55535- M2specifications.
SELENIA 20K
SELENIA WR
According to Service Schedule
According to Service Schedule
177-196 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:53 Pagina 191
192
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND C
ONTR
OLS
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NS
Synthetic oil SAE 75W- 80 EP, that passesAPI GL5, MIL - L - 2105 D LEV specifications.
Molibdenum organic disulphide, lithium soap basedgrease. N.L.G.I. 2 consistency
Lithium soap based grease. N.L.G.I.O. consistency
Synthetic fluid FMVSS no. 116 DOT 4, ISO 4925SAE J1704, CUNA NC 956- 01
Red protective with antifreeze action, based on in-hibited monoethylen glycol with organic formulabased on O.A.T,
That passes CUNA NC 956-16, ASTM D 3306specifications
Mixture of alcohol, water and surfactants CUNANC 956-II
Additive for diesel fuels with protective action forDiesel engines
TUTELA CAR ZC75 SYNTH
TUTELA STAR 500
TUTELA MRMZERO
TUTELA TOP 4
PARAFLU UP (*)
TUTELA PROFESSIONALSC 35
DIESEL MIX
Use Fluid and lubricant specifications Recommended fluids Applicationsfor correct car operation and lubricants
Lubricants and greases for transmission
Brake fluids
Protective agent for radiators
Windscreen/ rear windowwasher fluid
Diesel fuel additive
(*) IMPORTANT Do not top up or mix with fluids having characteristics different from those specified.(❑) For particularly hard climate conditions, we recommend use of a 60% Paraflu UP and 40% demineralized water mixture.
Mechanical gearboxand differential
CV joints on wheel side
CV jointson differential side
Brake and clutch hy-draulic controls
Radiator antifreezeproportion: 50% dis-tilled water and 50%PARAFLU UP (❑)
To be used diluted orundiluted in wind-screen/rear windowwasher/wiper sys-tems
To be mixed with thefuel oil (25 cc per 10litres)
177-196 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:53 Pagina 192
❒ extra-urban cycle: frequent accelerat-ing in all gears, simulating extraurbanuse of the car: speed varies between 0and 120 km/h;
❒ combined consumption: is calculatedweighing about 37% of urban cycle con-sumption and about 63% of extraurbanconsumption.
FUEL CONSUMPTION
The fuel consumption figures given in thetable below are determined on the basisof the homologation tests set down byspecific European Directives.
The procedures below are followed formeasuring consumption:
❒ urban cycle: cold starting followed bydriving that simulates urban use of thecar;
193
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND C
ONTR
OLS
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NS
IMPORTANT The type of route, trafficsituations, weather conditions, drivingstyle, general conditions of the car, trimlevel/equipment/accessories, load, climatecontrol system, roof rack, other situationsthat affect air drag may lead to differentfuel consumption levels than those mea-sured.
Fuel consumption according to 1999/100/EC Directive (litres x 100 km)
Versions Urban Extra-urban Combined
1.1Actual - Active 7.2 4.8 5.7
1.2Dynamic - Emotion 7.1 4.8 5.6(*) Ecopack 7.0 4.6 5.5
1.3 Multijet 70HPDynamic - Emotion 5.4 3.7 4.3
1.3 Multijet 75HPDynamic - Emotion 5.3 3.7 4.3
(*) Extended ratios to reduce CO2 emissions
177-196 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:53 Pagina 193
194
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND C
ONTR
OLS
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSCO2 EMISSIONS
The CO2 emission levels at the exhaust given in the following tables refer to combined consumption.
Versions CO2 emissionsaccording to 1999/100/CE Directive (g/km)
1.1Actual - Active 135
1.2Dynamic - Emotion 133(*) Ecopack 129
1.3 Multijet 70HPDynamic - Emotion 114
1.3 Multijet 75HPDynamic - Emotion 113
(*) Extended ratios to reduce CO2 emissions
177-196 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:53 Pagina 194
195
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
INDE
XDA
SHBO
ARD
AND C
ONTR
OLS
SAFE
TYDE
VICE
SCO
RREC
T USE
OF TH
E CAR
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
CAR
MAIN
TENA
NCE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NS
CZ
SK
RADIO FREQUENCY REMOTE CONTROLConformity certifications to EC and national requirements
EC and Countries applying these Directives
Czech Republic
Slovak Republic
Poland CLBT/C/120/2003 – CLBT/C/121/2003
South Africa TA-2003/050 – TA-2003/049
177-196 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:53 Pagina 195
113-122 Panda New SPA 26-06-2007 11:07 Pagina 122
Bonnet .................................................. 63Boot........................................................ 60
– extension......................................... 62– opening/closing ......................... 60-61– removing the rear parcel shelf .. 62
Boot light .............................................. 51– bulb replacement........................... 145
Brakes..................................................... 183– fluid level ........................................ 165– technical data ................................ 183
Bulb (replacement) ............................. 136– general instructions ..................... 136– types of bulbs ................................ 137
Capacities ............................................ 190Car inactivity ....................................... 112Car maintenance ................................. 155
– additional checks .......................... 159– Annual Inspection Schedule ....... 159– climate control system ............ 43-47– scheduled service ......................... 156– Service Schedule ........................... 157
Carrying children safely ..................... 87Ceiling lights ......................................... 50
– boot light ........................................ 51– front ................................................ 50
Central door locking system ............ 57
Chassis (marking) ............................... 179Child lock .............................................. 58Child restraint systems
– "Isofix type" .................................. 91– Passenger’s seat compliance ..... 89
Cigar lighter .......................................... 53Clutch..................................................... 182CO2 emissions..................................... 194Code Card ........................................... 8Consumption ....................................... 193
– engine oil ........................................ 163– fuel ................................................... 293
Containing running costs .................. 106Controls ................................................ 52Control buttons .................................. 52Correct use of the car ...................... 101
Dashboard ........................................... 5Demisting the windows........... 40-42-46Digital clock .............................. 18-20-25Digital display ....................................... 18Dimensions .......................................... 187Dipped beam headlights .................... 48
– bulb replacement........................... 140– control ............................................ 48
Direction indicators ........................... 48– control ............................................ 48
ABS ...................................................... 67Accessories purchased
by the owner .................................... 77Air bag .................................................. 93
– front air bag driver’s side ........... 94– front air bag passenger’s side ..... 95– Side bags and
Window bags.................................. 96Air filter ................................................ 166Air recirculation ....................... 39-41-45Air vents ............................................... 38Ashtray................................................... 53At the filling station ............................ 190Automatic climate control system .. 44
Battery.................................................. 168– checking the charge ..................... 168– important notes ............................ 160– jump starting .................................. 125– recharging ...................................... 152– replacing ......................................... 168– useful advice.................................... 169
Bodywork.............................................. 173– maintenance .................................. 174– protection ....................................... 173– version codes ................................ 180– warranty ......................................... 174
197
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
DASH
BOAR
DAN
D CON
TROL
SSA
FETY
DEVI
CES
CORR
ECT U
SEOF
THE C
ARIN
AN
EMER
GENC
YCA
RMA
INTE
NANC
ETEC
HNICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
IIINNDDEEXX
197-204 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:54 Pagina 197
Fiat CODE (system) ......................... 7Fix & Go (tyre repair kit) ................. 132Flashing the headlights ....................... 48Fluid levels ............................................ 161
– checks ............................................. 161Fluids and lubricants ........................... 191Follow me home (device) ................. 49Front ceiling lights .............................. 50
– bulb replacement........................... 144– control ............................................ 50
Front fog lights .................................... 52– bulb replacement .......................... 141– control button .............................. 52
Fuel ........................................................ 190– consumption................................... 193– cut-off switch.................................. 52– level gauge....................................... 17– refuelling ......................................78-190– tank capacity ................................... 190
Fuel feed/ignition ................................ 182Fuel filler cap ....................................... 78Fuel lid ................................................... 78Fuel level gauge ................................... 17Fuses (replacement) ........................... 146
Gearbox .............................................. 105– technical data ................................ 182– using manual gearbox .................. 105
Glass holder ......................................... 54
Glove box/oddment compartment.. 54
Handbrake .......................................... 104Hazard lights ........................................ 52Head restraints..................................... 34Headlight washer ................................. 49
– control ............................................ 49– fluid level ........................................ 164
Headlights.............................................. 65– adjustment abroad......................... 67– beam adjustment .......................... 66– front fog light adjustment ........... 66– headlight slant adjusting device . 66
Heated rear window .......................... 52Heating and ventilation system ........ 38Hill Holder system .............................. 70
Identification data .............................. 178Ignition switch ..................................... 11In an emergency .................................. 123Instrument panel ................................. 13
– light adjustment.............................. 21Instruments .......................................... 16Interior fittings .................................... 53Interiors ................................................ 175Isofix Type (child restraint system) 91
Jack ........................................................ 127Jacking the car ..................................... 153
Key with remote control ................ 9
– front bulb replacement ............... 139– rear bulb replacement ................. 142– side bulb replacement ................. 140
Door lock ............................................. 57Door unlocking ................................... 57Doors ..................................................... 57Dualdrive (Electrical
power steering) ................................ 72– activation/deactivation ................. 52
EDB system ......................................... 68Electrical power steering
“Dualdrive” ....................................... 72– activation/deactivation ................. 52
Electrical socket .................................. 55Engine
– identification code ........................ 180– marking ........................................... 179– technical data ................................ 181
Engine compartment (washing) ........ 175Engine coolant fluid level .................. 164Engine coolant temperature gauge . 17Engine oil .............................................. 163
– consumption .................................. 163– level check....................................... 163– specifications ................................. 191
EOBD (system) ................................... 72ESP system ............................................ 69External lights ...................................... 48
198
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
DASH
BOAR
DAN
D CON
TROL
SSA
FETY
DEVI
CES
CORR
ECT U
SEOF
THE C
ARIN
AN
EMER
GENC
YCA
RMA
INTE
NANC
ETEC
HNICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
197-204 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:54 Pagina 198
Power windows .................................. 59Presetting for mounting the“Isofix type” child restraint system.. 91Pretensioners ...................................... 84Protecting the environment ............. 79
Radio frequency remote control .... 195– battery replacement .................... 11– request for additional
remote controls............................. 11Radio transmitters and
cellular telephones ........................... 77Rear fog lights ...................................... 52
– bulb replacement .......................... 142– control button .............................. 52
Rear sliding seats.................................. 33Rear window washer .......................... 50
– control ............................................ 50– fluid level ........................................ 164
Rear window wiper ........................... 50– blades .............................................. 172– control ............................................ 50– nozzles ............................................ 173
Rearview mirrors................................. 36– door mirrors ................................. 37– driving mirror ................................ 36– electric mirrors ............................. 37
Reconfigurable multifunctiondisplay .................................................. 21
Rev counter .......................................... 16
Reversing light ..................................... 142Roof rack/ski rack .............................. 65Rubber hoses ....................................... 171
Safety devices ..................................... 81Seat adjustment ................................... 32Seat belts ............................................... 82
– general instructions ..................... 85– height adjustment ......................... 82– load limiters ................................... 85– maintenance .................................. 86– pretensioners ................................ 84– use ................................................... 82
Seats ...................................................... 32– cleaning ........................................... 175– manually adjustable front seats .. 32– rear sliding seats ........................... 33
Side/taillights ........................................ 48– control ............................................ 48– front bulb replacement................. 139– rear bulb replacement .................. 142
Smart washing ..................................... 49Snow chains ......................................... 111Sound system ...................................... 76Spark plugs ............................................ 181Speedometer ........................................ 16Starting the engine ............................. 102
– bump starting ................................ 126– diesel engines ................................ 103
– battery replacement .................... 11– request for additional remote
controls .......................................... 11Key without remote control ........... 9
Load limiters ...................................... 85
Main beam headlights ....................... 48– bulb replacement .......................... 140– control ............................................ 48– flashing ............................................ 48
Manual climate control system ........ 41MSR system........................................... 71Multifunction display ........................... 19
Number plate light ............................ 143
Oddment compartments.................. 54
Paint ..................................................... 174Parking .................................................. 104Parking lights ........................................ 48Parking sensors .................................... 74Passenger's compartment
heating ...................................... 39-39-44Performance ........................................ 188Plates ...................................................... 178
– bodywork paint identificationplate ................................................. 179
– model plate .................................... 178Pollen filter ........................................... 167Power socket ...................................... 55
199
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
DASH
BOAR
DAN
D CON
TROL
SSA
FETY
DEVI
CES
CORR
ECT U
SEOF
THE C
ARIN
AN
EMER
GENC
YCA
RMA
INTE
NANC
ETEC
HNICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
197-204 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:54 Pagina 199
– snow tyres ..................................... 111– standard tyres ................................ 186– understanding tyre marking ....... 184
Using the manual gearbox .............. 105
Ventilation ............................... 39-41-46
Warning lights and messages ......... 113Weights ................................................ 189Wheel ................................................... 184
– changing .......................................... 126– spare wheel ................................... 184
Wheel geometry ................................. 184Wheel rims .......................................... 184
– understanding rim marking ........ 185Window (washing/cleaning) ............. 174Window winders ................................. 59Windscreen/rear window
washer fluid level ............................. 164Windscreen/rear window
wiper blades ...................................... 172Windscreen washer ............................ 49
– control ............................................ 49– fluid level ........................................ 164
Windscreen wiper............................... 49– blades .............................................. 172– control ............................................ 49– nozzles ............................................ 179
– emergency start-up ........... 103-124– ignition switch ............................... 11– jump starting .................................. 125– petrol engines ............................... 102– stopping the engine ....................... 104– warming up the engine ................ 103
Steering .................................................. 183Steering column lock ......................... 12Steering wheel (adjustment) ............ 36Sunroof .................................................. 55Sun visors ............................................. 53Suspensions .......................................... 183Symbols ................................................. 7
Tailgate ................................................ 60Technical specifications ..................... 177Third brake light ................................. 143Tools ..................................................... 128Top speeds ........................................... 188Towing the car .................................... 153Towing trailers .................................... 107
– tow hook installation ................... 108Transmission ........................................ 182Trip computer...................................... 29Tyre pressure ...................................... 186Tyres ..................................................... 184
– changing .......................................... 126– inflation pressure .......................... 186– maintenance .................................. 170
200
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
DASH
BOAR
DAN
D CON
TROL
SSA
FETY
DEVI
CES
CORR
ECT U
SEOF
THE C
ARIN
AN
EMER
GENC
YCA
RMA
INTE
NANC
ETEC
HNICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
197-204 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:54 Pagina 200
PROVISIONS FOR THE PROCESSING OF A VEHICLE AT THE END OF ITS LIFE-CYCLE
For years now Fiat has been developing its global commitment towards the safeguarding and protection of the Environment throughthe continuous improvement of its production processes and the making of increasingly more “eco friendly” products. With a viewto guaranteeing the best possible service to clients in full observance of environmental standards and in response to the obligationsimposed by European Directive 2000/53/EC on end-of-life vehicles, Fiat offers its clients the possibility to hand in their vehicle* atthe end of its life span without additional costs.
The European Directive, in fact, provides for the take-back of the vehicle without the last holder or owner of the same incurring expenses due to the fact that the market value of the vehicle is zero or negative. In particular, in almost all of the countries of the European Union, up until 1st January 2007, take-back of the vehicle free of charge only applies to vehicles registered from 1 July 2002on, while, from 2007 on, take-back will be carried out free of charge, independently of the year of registration, provided that thevehicle still contains all its essential component parts (especially engine and body) and is free from additional waste materials.
Our contracted network of authorised treatment facilities has been carefully selected in order to provide a quality service to ourcustomers by de-polluting and recycling “End of Life Vehicles” to approved environmental standards. To find out the location of yournearest authorised treatment facility, offering free of charge take-back, simply contact one of our dealers or refer to the Fiat website or call the toll free number 00800 3428 0000.
* Passenger transportation vehicles to seat a max. of nine persons, having a total admissible weight of 3.5 t
197-204 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:54 Pagina 201
197-204 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:54 Pagina 202
197-204 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:54 Pagina 203
FUEL CAPACITIES (litres)1.1 1.2 1.3 Multijet
Tank capacity 35 35 35
Reserve 5 5 5
Refuel petrol engines with unleaded petrol with octane rating (RON) no lower than 95 only (EN 228 Specifications)Refuel diesel engines with diesel fuel for motor vehicles only (EN 590 Specifications)
Fiat Group Automobiles S.p.A. - Quality - Assistenza Tecnica - Ingegneria AssistenzialeLargo Senatore G. Agnelli, 5 - 10040 Volvera - Torino (Italia)
Print N:. 603.81.224 - 07/2007 - 1st Edition
COLD TYRE INFLATION PRESSURE (bar)
Add +0.3 bar to the prescribed inflation pressure when the tyres are warm.
In any case, check the correct value again when the tyres are cold.
Medium load Full load
Front
2.02.0
2.22.2
2.0
Rear
1.81.8
1.81.8
1.8
Front
2.22.2
2.32.3
2.2
Rear
2.22.2
2.22.2
2.2
Space-saverspare wheel
2.8
2.8
Tyre
155/80 R 13 79T165/65 R 14 79T (*)
155/80 R 13 79T165/65 R 14 79T (*)
155/80 R 13 79T M+S165/65 R 14 79T M+S
Versions
Petrol
Multijet
Snow tyres
(*) Standard on Emotion versions and optional on Dynamic versions.
ENGINE OIL CHANGE (litres)1.1 1.2 1.3 Multijet
Engine sump 3.1 2.5 2.85
Engine sump and filter 3.5 2.8 3.0
197-204 Panda New GB 21-06-2007 13:54 Pagina 204